Camping Gear Reviews – The Big Outside https://thebigoutside.com America’s Best Backpacking and Outdoor Adventures Wed, 04 Mar 2026 13:08:11 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.9.1 https://i0.wp.com/tbo-media.sfo2.digitaloceanspaces.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/06235325/cropped-Sier2-82-Granite-Park-Muir-Wldrnes.jpg?fit=32%2C32&ssl=1 Camping Gear Reviews – The Big Outside https://thebigoutside.com 32 32 159605698 25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories of 2026 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-12-essential-backpacking-accessories/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-12-essential-backpacking-accessories/#comments Wed, 04 Mar 2026 10:00:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=21718 Read on

]]>
By Michael Lanza

Sure, your backpack, boots, tent, sleeping bag, air mattress, and other backpacking gear matter a lot, and you should put serious thought into your choices when buying any of them. But little things matter, too. Various necessary accessories, convenience items, and small comforts accompany me on backcountry trips. Nearly three decades of field-testing gear—including the 10 years I spent as the lead gear reviewer for Backpacker magazine and even longer running this blog—has refined my sense of what I like on certain types of trips and what I will not do without anytime.

Here’s my freshly updated list of essential backpacking accessories, ranging from basics like the best stuff sacks, bladders and water bottles, camp kitchen gear, water filters, tent stakes, and bear canister, to my go-to trekking poles, great values in a headlamp, camp stove, sport sunglasses, and knife, and what I sit on and slip my feet into in camp and lay my head down on every night I sleep on the ground.

I’ve tested this gear extensively on numerous backpacking trips from the Teton Crest Trail and Wonderland Trail, Yosemite, and the Wind River Range to Idaho’s Sawtooths, the Grand Canyon, Glacier, and countless other places.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


A backpacker hiking the Dawson Pass Trail above Pitamakan Pass in Glacier National Park.
Pam Solon backpacking the Dawson Pass Trail above Pitamakan Pass in Glacier National Park. Click photo to learn how I can help you plan any backpacking trip you read about at this blog.

I don’t carry everything on this list on every trip, of course. Some, like a bear canister, solar panel and power bank, I bring only when needed; others, like a utensil, mug, and inflatable pillow, I always have with me. But what follows represent the best I’ve found of each type of accessory. You’ll find links below to good prices on many of them right now and you can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by making purchases through the affiliate links in this review. Thanks for doing that.

I think you may find some things in this list that you can’t go without. See also my picks for the best backpacking gear of the year.

I’d appreciate any of your observations about the gear reviewed here, or suggestions on favorite accessories of yours that I’ve overlooked; share them in the comments section at the bottom of this story. I try to respond to all comments.

Nemo Fillo Elite Pillow.
Nemo Fillo Elite Pillow.

Inflatable Pillow

Call me soft (or smart), but an inflatable pillow goes into my pack on all backcountry trips, because these lightweight and compact models help me sleep better at an inconsequential cost in weight and bulk. Why wouldn’t you take one? These are the best I’ve found.

Sea to Summit Aeros Ultralight Pillow.
Sea to Summit Aeros Ultralight Pillow.

After using it on multiple backpacking trips, including a nine-day hike of about 130 miles through the High Sierra, mostly on the John Muir Trail, trips in the Wind River Range (including the Wind River High Route), in The Maze District of Canyonlands National Park, and on the Wonderland Trail around Mount Rainier, I have a new favorite. The Nemo Fillo Elite Pillow ($60, 2.8 oz./79.4g) weighs under three ounces but doesn’t compromise comfort: Inflated, it measures 15x11x3 inches. Made of 100 percent post-consumer recycled PrimaLoft synthetic insulation, it inflates with two strong puffs and the soft, jersey blend cover fabric is machine washable. An integrated stuff sack (read: you won’t lose it) packs the Fillo Elite to the size of a tennis ball (4×3 inches).

Another longtime go-to head rest on countless backpacking trips, including in Glacier National Park, Yosemite, the Grand Canyon, and many more, has been the Sea to Summit Aeros Ultralight Pillow ($50, 2.5 oz./70.9g, large 13x17x5.5 ins.) because of its ample size and cushion and soft fabric, and it stuffs down to the size of my fist.

Therm-a-Rest Air Head Lite Pillow
Therm-a-Rest Air Head Lite Pillow.

Yet another I like a lot is the Therm-a-Rest Air Head Lite Pillow ($55, 2-2.8 oz./56.7g-79.4g), which comes in two sizes that inflate to 18×12.5×4 inches or 15.5x11x4 inches, while packing down smaller than a tennis ball, and the stretch-knit polyester fabric feels soft against your cheek.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Nemo Fillo Elite Pillow at backcountry.com or rei.com, a Sea to Summit Aeros Ultralight Pillow at backcountry.com, seatosummit.com, or rei.com, or a Therm-a-Rest Air Head Lite Pillow at backcountry.com.

Two favorite products pull double duty as a pillow and stuff sack—and both weigh less than all but the very lightest inflatable backpacking pillows.

The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Stuff Sack Pillow ($63, 1.7 oz./48.2g, 12×17 ins.) consists of highly durable, waterproof (although the zipper is not waterproof) DCF8 shell fabric—which will keep contents dry if heavy rain penetrates a backpack or the sack is exposed for a short time to rain—with a soft, Polartec 100 fleece lining. A perfect size for storing extra clothing and small camp items while on the trail, it can be turned inside-out to function as a pillow at night.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase the Hyperlite Mountain Gear Stuff Sack Pillow at hyperlitemountaingear.com.

Looking for the best outdoor adventures, gear reviews, and expert tips?
Start at my blog’s home page!

Hyperlite Mountain Gear Pod.
Hyperlite Mountain Gear Pod.

Stuff Sacks and Packing Pods

Stuff sacks protect clothing and gear from any water that penetrates a backpack, and make organizing and loading a pack easier and faster by compartmentalizing clothing and smaller gear items, giving you fewer things to transfer in and out of a pack. They also provide a more effective way of keeping stuff dry inside your pack than a rain cover, which doesn’t fully cover a pack, can blow off, and will wet through in a sustained downpour. I always use stuff sacks, and these are the best I’ve found.

The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Dyneema Composite Fabrics Roll-Top Stuff Sacks ($53-$83, 3.7L to 43L, 1-2 oz./28.4g-56.7g) are incredibly light, waterproof, and tough enough to withstand virtually any kind of abuse. Using the 43-liter Hyperlite Mountain Gear Roll-Top stuff sack ($79, 2 oz./56.7g) as a partial pack liner has kept my pack contents completely dry through steady, wind-driven rain on the Tour du Mont Blanc, Iceland’s Laugavegur Trail, and elsewhere. While they’re not intended to be used as dry bags (they’re not submersible), they keep clothing and gear dry through wet conditions short of full immersion in water. HMG’s Drawstring stuff sacks ($31-$58, multiple sizes) are made with the same waterproof fabric but have drawstring closures that are not watertight; still, they’re adequate for the needs of most backpackers and offer a lighter, more compact alternative to the roll-top sacks.

Hyperlite Mountain Gear DCF8 and DCF Roll-Top stuff sacks.
Hyperlite Mountain Gear Drawstring and Roll-Top stuff sacks.

But the coolest are the Hyperlite Mountain Gear Pods ($60-$70, 1.2-1.4 oz./34g-39.7g, 6.8L to 12.3L), which I’ve used many times, including on a five-day hike in the Wind River Range, a nine-day hike of over 120 miles through the High Sierra, mostly on the John Muir Trail, and a seven-day hike in Glacier National Park. Stackable, flexible, super light, zippered units also made of waterproof Dyneema Composite Fabric with a water-resistant zipper, pods are shaped and sized to slip inside a pack wall to wall, leaving no gaps. Convenient for organization with their clamshell design and spacious enough to fit a surprising amount of stuff, they come in small and large sizes for two capacities—2400/3400 for 40-55L packs and 4400 for 70L packs—and fit inside HMG’s packs perfectly but other pack models as well.

I’ve also become a fan of a few other HMG accessories. The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Versa ($85, 0.2 lbs./90.7g, 2.25x6x9 inches) will attach to your pack at the sternum, hipbelt, daisy chains, or on top of the pack secured by compression Y-straps, or you can wear around your waist in front using its low-profile belt. Incredibly light and compact, made from waterproof, very tough Dyneema Composite Fabrics DCH50, it’s hardly noticeable when I’m hiking but highly convenient when I want to quickly pull out my Nikon Z50, a map, or another small item from its water-resistant main compartment or second, zippered pocket.

The regular Hyperlite Mountain Gear Camera Pod ($125, 2.7 oz./76.5g, 7×5.5×3.75 inches), made with Dyneema Composite Fabrics and easy to attach to a pack’s shoulder straps, holds my Nikon Z50 body with a small zoom lens mounted on it (dimensions 5×3.7×3.7 ins.), but get the large ($145, 3.7 oz./104.9g, 9.5×6.5×4.25 ins.) for extra capacity.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these links to purchase Hyperlite Mountain Gear Roll-Top or Drawstring Stuff Sacks and Pods at hyperlitemountaingear.com, the Hyperlite Mountain Gear Versa at hyperlitemountaingear.com, or the Hyperlite Mountain Gear Camera Pod at hyperlitemountaingear.com..

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

Sea to Summit Ultra-Sil Dry Sack 4L
Sea to Summit Ultra-Sil Dry Sack 4L.

On a four-day August backpacking trip in the Wind River Range, Sea to Summit’s 3L Ultra-Sil Dry Bag ($23-$40, 3L/183 c.i. to 35L/2,136 c.i., 1.1-2.6 oz.) kept my puffy jacket dry, and the brand’s Evac Compression Dry Bag UL (see below) kept my sleeping bag dry through an afternoon thunderstorm and a torrential downpour that soaked through my backpack in the Winds—even leaving a small puddle of water in the bottom of the pack. Those two sacks saved me from a cold, wet, miserable night then and easily fended off a more-typical morning rain on a seven-day hike in Glacier National Park in September.

I also used both dry bag models while backpacking the three-day, 22-mile Boulder Mail Trail-Death Hollow Loop in southern Utah’s Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument, which includes a descent of several miles in water in Death Hollow, with pools that came to mid-thigh.

For their low weight, durability, water resistance, and price, it’s hard to beat the Sea to Summit Ultra-Sil Dry Bags. These bags also kept my down jacket dry inside my pack throughout four February days of backcountry skiing in the Sierra mountains around Lake Tahoe, much of the time in heavily falling snow; and most impressively, kept my clothing dry while paddling an inflatable kayak on Idaho’s class III Payette River, even though the boat filled with water numerous times. Ideal for backpackers, the 30-denier, high-tenacity Ultra Sil Cordura nylon, siliconized for durability and packability, has a hypalon roll-top closure that doesn’t wick moisture, plus fully taped seams and reinforced stitching.

The more affordable Six Moon Designs Pack Liner ($20, 50L, 3 oz./85g) has also kept my gear and clothes dry when rain pounded my pack; and I used it to ensure everything inside stayed dry in case I slipped and fell in any deep pool in the canyon Death Hollow while backpacking the three-day, 22-mile Boulder Mail Trail-Death Hollow Loop in southern Utah’s Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument. A roll-top, 50-liter sack that’s treated to repel water, it’s made of 40-denier ripstop nylon with taped seams.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these links to purchase Sea to Summit Ultra-Sil Dry Bags at rei.com or seatosummit.com, or the Six Moon Designs Pack Liner at sixmoondesigns.com.

Planning your next big adventure?
See “
America’s Top 10 Best Backpacking Trips” and my Trips page.

Compression Sack

Sea to Summit Evac Compression Dry Bag UL.
The Sea to Summit Evac Compression Dry Bag UL.

As I mentioned above, on a recent backpacking trip in the Wind River Range, the Sea to Summit Evac Compression Dry Bag UL ($40-$60, 2-3.9 oz., 5L to 20L) kept my sleeping bag dry through an afternoon thunderstorm and a torrential downpour that soaked through my backpack. The dry bag sat in water pooled at the bottom of the pack for an hour before I unloaded the pack in camp—and my sleeping bag was perfectly dry.

The compression straps make it as compact as possible and this dry bag kept my sleeping bag dry on the wettest backpacking trips—including a nine-day, 130-mile hike through the High Sierra, mostly on the John Muir Trail, when an hour-long rainstorm one afternoon soaked through my pack (I didn’t use a pack cover—see tip no. 1 in this story); and trekking hut-to-hut for six days on Iceland’s 33-mile Laugavegur Trail and 15.5-mile Fimmvörðuháls Trail, when we hiked through precipitation on most days. The Ultra-Sil 30-denier Cordura nylon and waterproof-breathable eVent fabric will pass air, so you can squeeze the sack down smaller even after closing the roll-top opening (which you can’t do with traditional dry bags). But like the above stuff sacks, these are not designed for full immersion because water will eventually penetrate the roll-top closure.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these links to purchase Sea to Summit Evac Compression Dry Sacks at rei.com or seatosummitusa.com.

You live for the outdoors. The Big Outside helps you get out there.
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-book!

Black Diamond Distance Carbon FLZ trekking and running poles.
Black Diamond Distance Carbon FLZ trekking and running poles.

Trekking Poles

The folding, 100 percent carbon fiber Black Diamond Distance Carbon FLZ ($240, 12.7 oz./360g, pair 95-140cm, three sizes) hit a sweet spot for versatility, falling on the cusp between the most ultralight and packable poles and models that are heavier and less packable.

Quickly deployed thanks to an internal Kevlar cord, and adjusted using BD’s reliable FlickLock levers, they have extended EVA foam grips and partly mesh nylon wrist straps. I’ve frequently grabbed them from a large quiver of poles I own for outings ranging from hikes and runs on local trails to backpacking trips of 77 miles on the Wonderland Trail around Mount Rainier and 47 miles in The Maze District of Canyonlands National Park.

For lightweight and ultralight backpackers, hikers, and runners, and adventure athletes looking for the lightest and most packable adjustable poles, you need look no further.

Read my complete review of the Black Diamond Distance Carbon FLZ poles and my picks for “The Best Trekking Poles.”

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to buy the Black Diamond Distance Carbon FLZ poles at blackdiamondequipment.com, backcountry.com, or rei.com.

Gear up right for your trips with the best backpacking gear of the year.

Black Diamond Spot 400-R headlamp.
The Black Diamond Spot 400-R.

Headlamp

Hold the rechargeable Black Diamond Spot 400-R ($80, 2.6 oz./73.7g) up against any ultralight headlamp and try to convince yourself to buy something else. It has all the power most users need at 400 lumens with a range of 100 meters; that’s bright enough to hike off-trail, search for your route in the dark, or identify the large animal going for your cached food. And a full charge lasts four hours at max power.

Then consider the arguably unbeatable feature set, starting with three white and red modes with dimming capability, plus intuitive two-button operation, BD’s cool PowerTap technology, lockout mode, and it’s waterproof up to a little over a meter underwater for 30 minutes. But most of all, at just 15 bucks more than BD’s Spot 400, the rechargeable Spot 400-R soon pays for itself through the money saved not buying (and throwing away) batteries. Besides, why wouldn’t you buy a rechargeable headlamp today?

Read my complete review of the Black Diamond Spot 400-R and see my picks for “The Best Headlamps.”

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a rechargeable Black Diamond Spot 400-R at blackdiamondequipment.com or backcountry.com, a battery-operated Black Diamond Spot 400 at backcountry.com or blackdiamondequipment.com, or the Storm 500-R or any BD headlamp at backcountry.com or blackdiamondequipment.com.

Serious adventures demand serious gear. See “The 12 Best Down Jackets
and “The Best Rain Jackets For Hiking and Backpacking”.”

 

The BioLite SolarPanel 5+.
The BioLite SolarPanel 5+.

Solar Charger and Power Bank

Let’s face it, portable power has become an essential backpacking accessory for countless wilderness foot travelers. I carried the BioLite SolarPanel 5+ ($100, 13 oz./368.5g) on a nine-day, 130-mile hike through the High Sierra, mostly on the John Muir Trail, with some off-trail segments, to keep my smartphone charged so I could regularly check my mapping app. With direct exposure to peak sunlight, the five-watt SolarPanel 5+ fully charges its on-board 3200 mAh battery in three hours and can recharge a smartphone in as little as two hours, a BioLite Headlamp 200 in 2.5 hours, or the BioLite Charge 20 PD battery in 5.5 hours.

The BioLite SolarPanel 5+.
The BioLite SolarPanel 5+.

Hiking with it on my backpack and plugged into a device, with its sun exposure constantly changing and sometimes in forest, I found it would often recharge my depleted Android phone to around 50 percent and boost my iPad charge by about 20 percent during the day. The 360-degree kickstand enables positioning it at any angle, while the integrated sun dial allows you to aim the panel optimally for maximum sun exposure—useful when it’s stationary in camp or during breaks. It features a micro-USB input port and USB A output and comes with a USB A to USB C cable. At 13 ounces/368.5 grams and measuring 10.2×8.2×0.9 inches/25.9×20.8×2.3cm, this slim unit is packable and light enough for extended backpacking trips. The IPX4 weatherproof rating means it’s resistant to water splashes from any direction—fine in a light rain but put it away in significant precipitation (when it’s useless, anyway).

I use the BioLite Charge 40 PD power bank ($70, 9.4 oz./266.5g) to augment a solar panel in the backcountry—or instead of the panel when I don’t need more power in reserve than the Charge 40 PD holds. It was all I needed to keep a couple of my family’s phones powered up on a six-day, hut-to-hut trek on Iceland’s Laugavegur and Fimmvörðuháls trails, where we rarely saw the sun. And it’s ideal for long travel days.

Rated to recharge 2.5 smartphones—though that performance will vary between phone models—it would, when fully charged, bring my Samsung smartphone (2550mAh battery) from around 20 percent to 100 percent three to four times. The 10,000 mAh battery can be recharged plugging into a wall outlet for 2.5 hours using the USB A-to-USB C cable that comes with the unit. It has a USB-C PD port (up to 18W) and two USB-A quick charge out ports. BioLite advises using and recharging it at least once every four months.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase BioLite SolarPanel 5+ at rei.com or bioliteenergy.com, or a BioLite Charge 40 PD power bank at bioliteenergy.com.

Click here now to plan your next great backpacking adventure using my expert e-books.

Sunglasses

Tifosi Crit sport sunglasses.

Everyone needs eye protection from bright sunshine and UV light. But high-performance, well-fitting, and stylish sunglasses for outdoor sports are not often well-priced. Tifosi has broken that rule. The Tifosi Crit wrap-around sport sunglasses ($50, 1 oz./28.4g), ideal for everything from hiking to running, cycling, and more, have photochromic Clarion red lenses that adjust to shifting ambient light from nearly clear to a red mirror with a smoke tint—wearable in conditions from cloudy to the brightest, shadeless, sunny days of mid-summer. The Crit features an aerodynamic, ventilating design, shatterproof lenses, a light and durable Grilamid TR-90 nylon frame, hydrophilic rubber to grip well even when sweaty, adjustable arm and nose pieces for customizing the fit, and UVA and UVB protection. I wore them every day on adventures as wide-ranging as trekking hut to hut on Iceland’s Laugavegur Trail in July, backpacking nine days through the High Sierra, mostly on a section of the John Muir Trail in August, and on a five-day hike in the Wind River Range the week before Labor Day.

Want to save even more? The Svago ($30), made with shatterproof and scratch-resistant, polycarbonate smoke-tinted lenses, also have hydrophilic rubber, a Grilamid TR-90 nylon frame, and UVA and UVB protection.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase the Tifosi Crit, Svago, or any other sunglasses at tifosioptics.com.

Time for a better backpack?
See “The 10 Best Backpacking Packs” and the best ultralight backpacks.

 

Backpackers hiking over Clouds Rest in Yosemite National Park.
Todd Arndt and Jeff Wilhelm hiking over Clouds Rest in Yosemite, described in my expert e-book “The Best Backpacking Trip in Yosemite.” Click photo to see all of my e-books to classic backpacking trips.

All-Purpose Knife and Multi-Tools

The Swiss Army Climber Knife ($45, 2.9 oz./82.2g) provides a basic set of tools that will meet the needs of most backpackers in a light, compact unit just 3.6 inches/9.1 centimeters long, including large and small blades, scissors, bottle and can openers, screwdrivers, wire stripper, reamer and punch, toothpick and tweezers, corkscrew, and a multipurpose hook. You’ll be hard pressed to find a better value in a small, folding knife.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a Swiss Army Climber Knife at backcountry.com.

If you need the ultimate multi-tool, I like the Leatherman Wave+ ($130, 8.5 oz./241g). Just four inches long when closed, this updated version of Leatherman’s long-popular Wave boasts a robust set of 18 tools that all lock quickly into position, many of which get frequent use in the backcountry: two knives (straight and serrated), a saw, spring-action scissors, can and bottle openers, a medium screwdriver, regular and needle-nose pliers, and wire cutters.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a Leatherman Wave+ at backcountry.com.

Hydration Bladder

It may sound silly to get excited about a bladder, but while Gregory’s original 3D Hydro was exceptional, they’ve improved on it with the Gregory 3D Hydro Trek 3L hydration bladder ($63, 3L/100 oz./2.83kg, 10 oz./283.5g). Wider and shorter, it fits most backpacks and daypacks (some have a bladder sleeve that’s too narrow for it) and is easier to fill completely and screw the cap on without spilling, thanks to the molded handle-spine. A strap enables hanging from a branch as a base camp bladder to dispense water through the valve, which is capped by a dust cap when in a pack.

With a hose that disconnects, a soft, three-dimensional body, and removable mouthpiece, it dries out fully after use as readily as a hard-sided bottle—helping to prevent the buildup of mildew that degrades a bladder. The magnetic bite valve, which locks to prevent dripping, sticks to a magnet on the sternum strap of Gregory packs; and the bladder’s crescent-shaped plastic top handle clips securely onto the mating piece in the bladder sleeve in the brand’s packs. That’s a bladder worth getting excited about.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Gregory 3D Hydro Trek 3L hydration bladder at backcountry.com or any 2L or 3L Gregory 3D Hydro bladder at backcountry.com.

Keep your hands warm on your adventures.
See “The Best Gloves for Winter,” including lightweight gloves for three-season use.

 

Camelbak Fusion 3L Reservoir with Tru-Zip Waterproof Zipper.
Camelbak Fusion 3L Reservoir with Tru-Zip Waterproof Zipper.

The new Camelbak Fusion 3L Reservoir with Tru Zip Waterproof Zipper ($66, 5.5 oz./155.9g) represents a technological step up. Using the Fusion 3L on spring backpacking trips in Arizona’s Aravaipa Canyon and along a section of the Arizona Trail, I noticed right away that, besides the typically durable Camelbak construction, I was most impressed with how the integrated handle and pinch grip allows for much easier, one-handed filling compared to some bladders. Hydroguard inhibits bacterial growth in the reservoir and tube, which are also easy to dry and air out to prevent that, anyway. The valve delivers water quickly and has an on-off switch to prevent leaks. The waterproof zipper is predictably a little sticky but absolutely reliable.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these links to purchase a 2L or 3L CamelBak Fusion 3L Reservoir with Tru Zip Waterproof Zipper at backcountry.com.

Camelbak Crux 3L Reservoir
Camelbak Crux 3L Reservoir

Want a more affordable bladder? From a four-day, 25-mile backpacking trip on the Thunder River-Deer Creek Loop off the North Rim of the Grand Canyon, to a three-day, 40-mile hike in the Wind River Range and numerous other backpacking trips and dayhikes, I’ve found the CamelBak Crux 3L Reservoir ($42, 3L/100 oz., 8 oz./227g) as tough and utilitarian as they come.

The self-sealing mouthpiece valve delivers water quickly and never leaked or dripped when I left it unlocked, and the cap reliably screwed on tightly and leak-free every time. The valve locking mechanism shifts easily using one hand. It has a baffle to minimize sloshing, a push-button release of the hose for cleaning, and Hydroguard antimicrobial treatment in the reservoir and tube to inhibit bacterial growth. Plus, you’d have to make a concerted effort to puncture or damage this polyurethane bladder.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these links to purchase a 2L or 3L CamelBak Crux Reservoir at rei.com.

Packable and Collapsible Water Bottles

I prefer water bottles in various common situations, like sitting around in camp or hiking in freezing temps, but hard-sided, heavy bottles are soooo 2015. The HydraPak Flux Bottle (1.5L/50 oz., $60, 4.3 oz./122g, and 1L/32 oz., $29, 2.7 oz./76.5g) has taken the packability and low weight of a soft bottle and married it to the convenience of a hard bottle’s rigidity for standing up and refilling.

Developed with mutual goals of creating an alternative to single-use plastic and reducing the bulk and weight of hard bottles, the Flux is constructed with a dual-layer TPU film laminate that lends it the rigidity to stand on its flat base—full or empty. The spill-proof twist cap’s valve lets you squirt water into your mouth one-handed (like a bike bottle), doesn’t leak when closed, and the wide opening is compatible with all 42mm threaded filters (like the Katadyn BeFree). Embossed RF-welded soft walls are easy to grip.

Best of all, it’s half the weight of a hard-sided plastic bottle—and when empty, the Flux flattens, rolls and stows into its bail handle, compressing to one-quarter of its full size (smaller than a fist) to slip easily into any pack’s side, lid, or other external pocket.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a HydraPak Flux Bottle at rei.com.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life.
Find out more here.

Water Filter and Water Filter Bottle

Katadyn BeFree 10L Gravity Filter.
Katadyn BeFree 10L Gravity Filter.

It’s hard to beat the speed, convenience, and packability of the collapsible Katadyn BeFree Microfilter soft bottles, available in a 0.6L bottle ($45, 2.5 oz./70.9g), 1L bottle ($50, 2.5 oz./70.9g), and 3L bottle ($65, 3.5 oz./99.2g).

The 0.6L bottle measures just 9x3x3 inches and weighs under three ounces and filters up to two liters per minute just by squeezing the collapsible, BPA-free flask, delivering a strong stream of water. It will even pour through the mouthpiece—albeit more slowly than squeezing, of course—by just tilting it upside-down, even when the bottle is nearly empty.

The Katadyn BeFree Gravity Filter (10L $145, 10 oz./283.5g, 6L, $120, 9.3 oz./263.7g, and 3L, $80, 6.8 oz./192.8g) spares you the work of squeezing the bottle, filtering two liters per minute into another bottle or a bladder.

The .01-micron BeFree microfilter protects against harmful organisms like bacteria and cysts and has a projected life of 1,000 liters. Replacing the filter is easy—it pops out and a new one pops in. No backflushing or tools needed. Clean it occasionally by swishing the EZ-Clean Membrane around in water. For long-term storage, clean the filter by squeezing a flask full of clean (tap) water containing either one Micropur tablet or four drops of bleach through the filter.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase any of the Katadyn BeFree bottles or gravity filter at backcountry.com or rei.com.

The LifeStraw Go bottle in Great Smoky Mountains National Park.
The LifeStraw Go bottle in Great Smoky Mountains National Park.

The convenience factor of the LifeStraw Go bottle (22-oz./623.7g, $45, 7.8 oz./221.1g, or 1L, $50, 8.6 oz./243.8g) has lightened my pack weight by letting me carry less water—and it’s not because I drink any less. The ease and quickness of dipping, filling, and immediately drinking from the 22-ounce Go bottle—and not having to take time to treat water with a traditional filter—means that, wherever there are fairly frequent water sources along a hike, I can chug some water at the creek, top off the bottle or even leave it half-full if the next water isn’t far, and resume hiking. Consequently, I don’t treat more water than I’ll need and my pack’s lighter.

On my most-recent trip on the Teton Crest Trail, I rarely carried water in my pack’s bladder. The LifeStraw Go’s two-stage, hollow-fiber, 0.2-micron filter membrane with activated carbon removes virtually all bacteria, protozoa like giardia and cryptosporidium, and organic chemicals like pesticides and herbicides.

See my complete review of the LifeStraw Go bottle With 2-Stage Filtration.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a 22-oz. or 1L LifeStraw Go water bottle at rei.com or backcountry.com.

Got an all-time favorite campsite?
See “Tent Flap With a View: 25 Favorite Backcountry Campsites.”

MSR Hyperflow Microfilter
MSR Hyperflow Microfilter

Of course, there are times when you need a pump water filter in the backcountry, such as when dealing with silted water, or when you have to treat a large amount of water (for a group of three or more people or when water sources are far apart). The MSR Hyperflow Microfilter ($160, 9 oz./255.1g) stands out for its speed and compact size. Measuring just 7×3.5 ins., and lighter than many competitors, this hollow-fiber filter pumps three liters per minute, removing protozoa, bacteria, and particulate matter (though not viruses or chemicals), and leaves no taste. It comes with a Quick-Connect Bottle Adapter for pumping directly into a variety of containers, including all MSR hydration bladders and Nalgene bottles.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these links to buy an MSR Hyperflow Microfilter at backcountry.com or cascadedesigns.com.

MSR TrailShot Microfilter.
MSR TrailShot Microfilter.

On a 40-mile, mid-September backpacking trip in Wyoming’s Wind River Range, I pulled out the pocket-size MSR TrailShot Microfilter ($70, 5 oz./141.7g) frequently to sate my thirst within seconds, enabling me to carry less water on my back. Small enough to stuff inside a side pocket on a daypack, it cranks out a liter in a minute. It’s ideal for one or two people on a fast-paced outing where time efficiency and minimizing weight are top priorities, like an ultra-dayhike, an ultralight backpacking trip where water sources are frequent, or a long trail run or adventure race. You have to get down low to the ground to place the input end of the hose in a stream or other water source and drink directly from the filter’s spout, or use the TrailShot to pump water into a bottle or bladder. It removes bacteria like E. coli and protozoa like Cryptosporidium. MSR projects its life at up to 2,000 liters.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to buy an MSR TrailShot Microfilter at backcountry.com or cascadedesigns.com.

The Jetboil Flash backpacking stove.
The Jetboil Flash backpacking stove.

Camp Stove

Simplicity often reigns supreme in the backcountry, and that’s typically how I feel about a cooking stove: keep it simple, efficient, and above all, light.

The Jetboil Flash ($145, 13.1 oz./371g) has become my go-to stove for trips with a small group when we just want to boil water fast, most recently including in Arizona’s Aravaipa Canyon, southern Utah’s Escalante region, the Wind River Range, and Glacier National Park. Cranking 9,000 BTUs, itboils a liter of water in under three-and-a-half minutes in a controlled environment, according to Jetboil. With the insulated FluxRing cooking pot’s fill line limiting each boil to just two cups/0.47 liter—basically just enough to cook for one person at a time—it was fast enough to satisfy for our group of five people on windy mornings in Aravaipa Canyon.

The high fuel efficiency translates to less fuel weight in your pack: Planning our fuel based on Jetboil’s estimate that the Flash will boil 10 liters per 100g JetPower fuel canister, we hiked out of Aravaipa with a little unused fuel. The coolest feature? Jetboil’s thermochromatic color-change heat indicator on one side of the pot shows you how close the water is to boiling. A reliable push-button igniter fires up the stove every time.

MSR PocketRocket 2
MSR PocketRocket 2

See my complete review of the Jetboil Flash.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the Jetboil Flash backpacking stove at backcountry.com.

The MSR Pocketrocket 2 ($60, 4 oz./113.4g with plastic case, included) boils water fast, has precise flame control for simmering, holds pots of two liters or larger stably, always fires up, and packs small. That’s why it ends up in my pack on many trips. It’s only shortcoming is that the unprotected burner isn’t nearly as fuel-efficient as stoves with a protected burner.

See my complete review of the MSR Pocketrocket 2.

BUY IT NOW You can support this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these links to buy an MSR Pocketrocket 2 stove at rei.com or cascadedesigns.com.

Get the right tent for you. See “The 10 Best Backpacking Tents
and “5 Expert Tips For Buying a Backpacking Tent.”

 

The MSR WindBurner Group Stove System in the White Goat Wilderness of the Canadian Rockies.
The MSR WindBurner Group Stove System in the White Goat Wilderness of the Canadian Rockies.

But when it’s time to cook for four or more people—especially in a windy campsite—nothing beats the MSR WindBurner Group Stove System ($260, 1 lb. 5 oz./595.3g). Pressure-regulated to produce consistent heat output, with an enclosed burner, the WindBurner Group System loses virtually no fuel efficiency—it basically performs in wind as if there was no wind. Cooking at elevations up to 11,000 feet, with wind at times and mornings down to around 40° F, I used less than two full, 16-oz. MSR IsoPro fuel canisters in six days cooking five breakfasts and dinners for four people—and barely more than one 16-oz. canister for basically the same number of meals for three people (all just boiling water). Plus, good flame control goes from boiling fast to a low simmer for backpackers who want to do more than just boil water. And the pot has a folding handle and strainer lid with a locking latch.

See my complete review of the MSR WindBurner Group Stove System.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the MSR WindBurner Group Stove System at backcountry.com or cascadedesigns.com, or other WindBurner stoves and products at backcountry.com or cascadedesigns.com.

Plan your next great backpacking adventure in Yosemite, Grand Teton,
and other flagship parks using my expert e-books.

Camp Kitchen

MSR Titan Double Wall Mug 375ml and Titan Kettle 1400ml.
MSR Titan Double Wall Mug 375ml and Titan Kettle 1400ml.

On backpacking trips where I want to carry the lightest stove and pot combo plus have the versatility of a pot that I can cook a meal in and eat out of, I’ll pair MSR’s Pocketrocket 2 stove (above) with the MSR Titan Kettle 1400ml ($75, 5.4 oz./153g). The incredibly light but durable, one-liter pot with silicone-coasted folding handles and a secure lid with a silicone gripper on top for lifting off without burning your fingers, it’s big enough to cook for two, light enough for solo trips—and doubles as a bowl and (giant) mug. Internal graduated markings in 0.2-liter and eight-ounce increments take the guesswork out of measuring water. I like the silicone hanger under the lid to keep it out of the dirt.

You can fit a tiny canister stove and an eight-ounce fuel canister or nest other MSR Titan collection products inside, including the Titan Kettle 900ml ($65, 4.4 oz./126g), a good alternative for serious ultralighters; and the nicely sized Titan Double Wall Mug 375ml ($55, 4.1 oz./116g), which has a very secure sipping lid, with a tab for easy removal, and keeps 12 ounces of liquid hot in cool campsites, as it did for me on cool mornings in Montana’s Beartooth Mountains.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase an MSR Titan Kettle 1400ml and/or Titan Kettle 900ml at rei.com, a Titan Double Wall Mug 375ml at backcountry.com, or those and other MSR Titan products at rei.com or cascadedesigns.com.

When cooking convenience and packability take priority over going absolutely minimalist—as it has on many family backpacking trips—I grab the Sea to Summit Frontier Ultralight Collapsible One-Pot Cook Set ($140, 19 oz./527g, for two to four people). The 2.2-liter/74-ounce pot (10.5 oz./297g by itself) is made with collapsible, food-grade silicone walls and a hardened alloy aluminum base, and the pot’s lid fits securely enough to avoid spills when pouring hot water. The stainless-steel Click Safe Handle attaches to the pot with an audible click and carries any food or liquid weight without loosening; reversing the handle secures the nested and packed set. 

The medium bowls and 400ml cups are small enough to remain packable but most hungry backpackers will refill them at mealtime. I’ve boiled water, cooked pasta, rice, mac ‘n’ cheese and other messy dinners and found the pieces all easy to wipe clean. The walls of every piece lock into place when in use—nothing collapses with hot food or liquid inside—and stack neatly together when collapsed, packing down to 7.8×2 ins./19.7×5.1cm. The set is also PFOA-, PTFE- and BPA-free and the various pieces are also sold individually.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to buy the Sea to Summit Frontier Ultralight Collapsible One-Pot Cook Set at seatosummit.com or rei.com, other Sea to Summit Frontier cook sets (including non-collapsible, which are less expensive), or a Frontier pot, bowl, mug, individually at backcountry.com, seatosummit.com, or rei.com.

A good two-way radio makes your adventures safer.
See my review of the Rocky Talkie Mountain Radio.

Utensil

MSR Titan Long Spoon
MSR Titan Long Spoon

You gotta eat, and I extend my preference for carrying the bare necessities in gear right down to my utensils. Here are. my top picks.

With hot breakfasts and dinners in the backcountry, I’m virtually always using just a spoon to eat from a bowl or dig into a dehydrated meal packet, so I prefer a long handle like you get with the ultralight, titanium MSR Titan Long Spoon ($18, 0.7 oz./19g), which measures 8.4 inches/21.2 centimeters long and clips onto a mini-biner.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase an MSR Titan Long Spoon at backcountry.com, rei.com, or cascadedesigns.com.

Jetboil Jetset Utensils
Jetboil Jetset Utensils

And the very packable Jetboil TrailWare Utensil Set ($17, 1.5 oz./46.7g for all three pieces), which includes a collapsible spoon, fork, and knife.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a Jetboil TrailWare Utensil Set at rei.com.

The MSR Dromlite 4L Bag.
The MSR Dromlite 4L Bag.

Water Bag

No one likes carrying a large amount of water very far in the backcountry, but when I have to do it, I turn to a reliable standby—as I’ve done many times backpacking in the Grand Canyon, including on my most recent trip on the Utah Flats Route and Clear Creek Trail. The MSR Dromlite Bag ($45-$50, three sizes 2L-6L, 4.6-5.7 oz./130.4g-161.6g), the brand’s lighter (and cheaper) but still tough version of its Dromedary, collapses to its cap size. Made with abrasion-resistant Cordura, these tough bags have a temperature threshold from freezing to boiling, a secure cap that ensures effortless filling and pouring, and a sturdy, low-profile handle that enables easy refilling and hanging it in camp.

MSR Dromedary 10L
MSR Dromedary 10L

The classic MSR Dromedary ($52, three sizes 4L-10L, 7-10 oz./198.4g-283.5g), although heavier, offers one larger size (10 liters). These stout sacks have never sprung a leak inside my backpack, thanks to BPA-free, 1,000-denier fabric and a tight seal on the screw cap. Strong perimeter webbing makes it easy to carry or hang in camp, and when empty, they roll up fairly compactly for storage in your pack.

Every backpacker should own one or two of these bags—and two bags give you both a large capacity and the option of carrying less weight when large capacity isn’t needed. There will come a day that you’ll need it—whether you like it or not.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these links to buy an MSR DromLite at cascadedesigns.com, or an MSR Dromedary at backcountry.com or cascadedesigns.com.

The Bear Vault BV500 Journey bear canister.
The Bear Vault BV500 Journey bear canister.

Bear Canister

A bear canister is required in an increasing number of public lands, among them California’s High Sierra (including the John Muir Trail, Yosemite, and Sequoia-Kings Canyon national parks) and in some campsites in Olympic and Grand Teton national parks.

A canister also provides convenient, infallible food storage anywhere.

Made from an impregnable, transparent polycarbonate, the Bear Vault BV500 Journey ($100, 3 gallons/700 c.i./11.5 L, 2 lbs. 9 oz./1.16 kg) stores up to a week’s worth of food for one person (with judicious packing). It has clear walls for finding items, is built to make it hard for a bear to grasp and damage with its jaws or claws, and has two tabs in the screw-top lid to provide redundant protection against a bear getting into it.

It has also earned the approval of both the Sierra Interagency Black Bear Group and the Interagency Grizzly Bear Committee.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a Bear Vault BV500 Journey bear canister at rei.com.

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

Ultralight Camera Carrier

As a photographer who likes to shoot people in motion outdoors and perfect light situations—circumstances that are often fleeting—I’ve long sought a way to carry my camera where I can instantly grab it and shoot. Well, I’ve found it. The Peak Design Capture ($80, 3 oz./84g) offers a method of carrying your camera where it’s secure, stable, and always within easy reach on a pack shoulder strap during activities like hiking. Unlike camera packs, with their zippers, when using the Capture, I simply depress a button to pull it off my pack’s shoulder strap, point, and shoot.

The Capture consists of a metal clip that attaches to any pack strap, belt, or bag via two screws you can turn with your fingers (no tool required), and an Arca tripod-compatible plate that screws into your camera’s base. At just three ounces/84 grams and measuring just 3.3×1.6×0.8 inches/8.3x4x2 centimeters, it’s virtually unnoticeable on a pack strap, yet can hold far more weight than you’ll ever attempt to attach to any pack (over 200 pounds/90 kilos, according to Peak Design).

I found it comfortable enough with my Nikon Z50 mirrorless DSLR and a 50-250mm zoom on it, but certainly less obtrusive with the smaller and lighter 16-50mm lens on the camera. Caveats: I found the Capture will twist slightly when not positioned well on a shoulder strap, causing one end of the metal back plate to dig into my shoulder. Also, the screws can loosen over multiple days of use; check it regularly to ensure those are tight (and your camera won’t suddenly drop to the ground—and mine did not).

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the Peak Design Capture at backcountry.com, peakdesign.com, or rei.com.

Nemo Airpin Ultralight Stakes
Nemo Airpin Ultralight Stakes

Tent Stakes

Bent stakes suck. Stakes should be extremely light and strong and never fail. Adhering to those simple truths, the Nemo Airpin Ultralight Stakes ($20, 1.4 oz./39.7g, set of four, or $10, 0.7 oz./19.8g, set of two) demonstrated their mettle (or metal, if you will) on various trips, including a six-day traverse of over 90 miles in Glacier National Park. Made of aircraft-grade 7075 aluminum, they have three notches in the head, two facing downward and one facing upward. Run the tent’s stake cord under the first downward notch (labeled “O”), then over the second, upward notch (“OO”), and finally under the other downward notch (“OOO”), creating friction on the cord as you drive the stake into the ground—which is easier thanks to the stake’s tapered shape. No more bent tent pegs or stake cord popping off stakes.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these links to purchase a set of four or two Nemo Airpin Ultralight Stakes at backcountry.com or nemoequipment.com.

Lightweight First-Aid Kit

Adventure Medical Kits Ultralight Watertight .9 Medical Kit
Adventure Medical Kits Ultralight Watertight .9 Medical Kit

A first-aid kit can seem like something that just adds bulk and weight to a pack without getting used—but when you really need one, you don’t want to be without it. The compact but well-designed Adventure Medical Kits Ultralight Watertight .9 Medical Kit ($64, 12 oz./340.2g) resolves questions of utility versus weight. Contained in two layers of waterproof packaging in this kit are various wraps and bandages, a trauma pad and wide elastic wraps, blister treatment, an irrigation syringe and wound closure strips, medications for diarrhea, stomach issues, pain, and inflammation, and, of course, a mini roll of duct tape. I suggest adding a small tube of antibiotic ointment, but otherwise, this is a complete first-aid kit that doesn’t occupy excessive pack space.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this link to purchase an Adventure Medical Kits Ultralight Watertight .9 Medical Kit at rei.com.

The Kahtoola Renagaiter Low.
The Kahtoola Renagaiter Low.

Low Gaiters

For three-season backpacking—as well as dayhiking and trail running—low or mid-height gaiters (not high ones, like you’d use in winter) are indispensable for keeping stones, debris, rain, and splashed water from puddles and wet trailside vegetation out of your footwear.

The DWR-coated, very breathable, stretch-woven nylon and polyurethane Kahtoola Renagaiter Low ($54, 2.5 oz./70.9g) and Renagaiter Mid ($64, 3.3 oz./93.6g, both in two sizes), both available in two sizes, have become the low gaiters I grab for most outings. They easily zip over hiking shoes and boots, fitting snugly to protect against dirt, stones, debris, and water getting inside your shoes. Excellent breathability means they don’t make your feet sweat on hot days—as I’ve found on local trail runs and on a nine-day hike of about 130 miles through the High Sierra in August, mostly on the John Muir Trail and on mornings with wet vegetation overhanging trails on a weeklong September hike in Glacier National Park. The adjustable and tough DuraLink instep strap tucks into any shoe or boot lugs and its rounded shape prevents it snagging on rocks or roots; it also won’t get chewed up by rocks like some lighter nylon straps. While the Renagaiter Low is best for low-cut, lightweight shoes and the Mid for mid-cut boots, both adjust to fit a range of footwear, making them ideal for all backpacking, dayhiking, and trail-running uses.

I wore the Outdoor Research Ferrosi Hybrid Gaiters ($39, 2.5 oz./70.9g, two sizes) while trekking hut-to-hut for six days on Iceland’s Laugavegur and Fimmvörðuháls trails, when it rained for parts of almost every day and we hiked at times over muddy trail; while backpacking and dayhiking from a base camp for three days in the first week of April in Arizona’s Aravaipa Canyon, frequently walking in the shallow river and using the gaiters to keep stones and sand out of my boots; as well as hiking through wet trailside vegetation while backpacking in the Wind River Range and on local trail runs and hikes when wet snow covered the trails. Stretchy, breathable, wind- and water-resistant Ferrosi fabric kept my feet dry and is rated UPF 50+ for maximum UV protection. A tough, hypalon instep strap, hook-and-loop attachment for the shoe’s heel, and a drawcord cinch at the top hold the gaiters in place.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these links to purchase the Kahtoola Renagaiter Mid or Renagaiter Low at rei.com, or the Outdoor Research Ferrosi Hybrid Gaiters at backcountry.com or outdoorresearch.com.

Want my help planning any trip you read about at my blog?
Click here for expert advice you won’t get anywhere else.

Helinox Chair Zero
Helinox Chair Zero

Camp Chair

Light and small enough to carry into the backcountry, the Helinox Chair Zero ($140, 1 lb. 1 oz./481.9g, not including 1-oz. stuff sack) will force you to ask yourself why you’d ever tolerate squatting on a rock or log in camp again. The chair consists of a fabric seat that slips over a shock-corded pole structure that forms the chair’s back and legs; and it assembles quickly, like a hubbed tent pole system.

The result is a comfortable seat that’s 20 inches wide, 19 inches deep, 25 inches tall, and whose bottom rises 11 inches above terra firma—unlike chair kits that, while less bulky, are often no lighter, and place your butt at ground level. It also, impressively, has a carrying capacity of 265 pounds/120.2 kilograms, although 200-pounders might find the chair a little tippy, and packs down to 14x4x4 inches, roughly the dimensions of a lightweight backpacking air mattress. Unless you’re ultralight backpacking or thru-hiking, having a comfortable chair in camp may seem well worth the effort of carrying 17 ounces/481.9 grams.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Helinox Chair Zero at backcountry.com, or various Helinox chairs and other products at backcountry.com.

Want an even more comfortable camping chair? While too bulky and heavy for backpacking, the Helinox Sunset Chair ($170, 3 lbs. 8 oz.) will be the envy of your friends when car camping.

Is this review helpful to you? Get full access to ALL stories at The Big Outside. Join now!

Rhamani sandals.
Rhamani sandals.

Camp Shoes

I generally consider camp shoes superfluous weight: I often hike in low-cut shoe and just wear them like slippers in camp, with the laces quite loose and the tongue flipped up. But when I need or want footwear for backpacking campsites, water fords, and paddling trips, two different types of footwear have become my go-to picks, depending on the trip.

Allbirds Men's Wool Runners.
Allbirds Men’s Wool Runners.

For cooler backcountry trips, especially when hiking in midweight boots in wet climates, where I want warm, dry footwear in camp, I like the Allbirds Men’s Wool Runners ($110, 17 oz./481.9g, pair US men’s 10). For backpacking in the Wind River Range and elsewhere, on hut and yurt trips, and for river fords, these lightweight, packable, comfortable, warm shoes were perfect. The uppers and insoles are made from super fine Merino wool—keeping feet warm even if wet—and instead of the EVA foam traditionally used in footwear, Allbirds uses SweetFoam, made from sugarcane, and calls it “the world’s first carbon-negative green EVA.” Sizing runs small; buy up one full size in men’s and women’s models. Allbirds.com.

Rhamani sandals ($80, 14 oz./396.9g, pair US men’s 9) come in one style with multiple configurations, thanks to the removable heel and forefoot straps and retractable toe loop—and the strap system is secure enough that I took hikes from campsites, walking faint use trails and splashing through creeks, on a six-day backpacking trip in the Grand Canyon. The contoured footbed feels plush and the outsole grips well on a variety of ground surfaces—packed-dirt trails, pebbly riverbanks, scrambling on rocks. Best of all: They weigh about half of many sports sandals. Sizing is standard whole sizes. rhamani.com.

Sun Hat

On hot days from the Grand Canyon in spring and fall to the intense alpine sun in mountains like the High Sierra, I always wear a wide-brim hat to keep my squash from baking—which makes a big difference in how I feel over the course of hours hiking in such heat. But sun protection isn’t the only performance feature that matters.

The Patagonia Quandary Brimmer hat (left) in the Wind River Range.
Me (left) wearing the Patagonia Quandary Brimmer hat at Texas Pass in the Wind River Range with my friend Chip Roser.

In unusually strong winds that blew for three straight days in the Wind River Range, the Patagonia Quandary Brimmer wide-brim hat ($65, 4 oz./113g) stayed put on my head, keeping the alpine sun off it. The semi-rigid, wide brim completely shades your face and neck and resists getting flattened against the side of your head by strong gusts while also having enough flexibility to fold up for stuffing into a pack or exterior pocket. The toggle adjustment in the back enables a snug fit that, along with the adjustable chin strap, prevents the hat from taking flight in wind. The light, 96 percent recycled nylon fabric, breathable crown, and soft, wicking headband keep it comfortable in the heat.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a Patagonia Quandary Brimmer hat at backcountry.com.

Windproof, Waterproof Emergency Matches

The UCO Titan Matches ($13, 3 oz./85g). will fire up in any downpour, no matter how wet. Each thick, four-inch-long match provides 25 seconds of wind and waterproof burning; they even relight after being submerged in water. The kit includes 12 matches, three replaceable strikers, a waterproof case that floats, and a cord that attaches to a lanyard.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this link to purchase UCO Titan Matches at rei.com.

See also my recommended backpacking gear checklist and menus of all of my reviews of backpacks, backpacking boots, hiking shoes, tents, and sleeping bags. And don’t miss my picks for “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-12-essential-backpacking-accessories/feed/ 40 21718
Ultralight Backpacking Tents: How to Choose One https://thebigoutsideblog.com/how-to-choose-the-best-ultralight-backpacking-tent-for-you/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/how-to-choose-the-best-ultralight-backpacking-tent-for-you/#comments Sat, 14 Feb 2026 10:00:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=25581 Read on

]]>
By Michael Lanza

Switching from a standard backpacking tent to an ultralight tent can shave pounds from your total pack weight—which for many backpackers will be the biggest step they can take toward a lighter pack. But it can be confusing to sort through the various ultralight tents out there, and the specs on them can look like a big pot of numeral soup, leaving you wondering: How are they different? And ultimately, which one is best for you?

I’ve tested and reviewed scores of tents of all types over a quarter-century of testing and reviewing gear—formerly as the lead gear reviewer for Backpacker magazine for about 10 years and even longer running this blog. I love the best ultralight tents, but I’ve also used some that had flaws or shortcomings not immediately obvious.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


This article will explain all you need to know to find the three-season, ultralight tent that’s best for you. See also my “5 Tips For Buying a Backpacking Tent.”

Please tell me what you think of my tips or share your questions, suggestions, or favorite ultralight tent model in the comments section at the bottom of this story. I try to respond to all comments.

Backpackers camped in the backcountry of Wyoming's Wind River Range.
The Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL2 Solution Dye in the backcountry of Wyoming’s Wind River Range. Click photo to read my review.

Size Matters

Consumers of backcountry gear have grown accustomed to focusing on the weight of a product—which is smart—but not always paying adequate attention to other performance metrics. Think of your tent’s weight like it’s a prospective spouse’s feelings about starting a family: It’s a critical and potentially make-or-break factor, but it’s not the only question to ask when evaluating compatibility.

An ultralight tent is a two-sided coin: Before getting one, be certain that low weight ranks as a higher priority to you than other metrics like living space, or you might be disappointed.

Fans of them typically include ultralight backpackers, thru-hikers, climbers, and others who focus on the experience outside rather than inside the tent, who often spend much of each day on the move, and who don’t mind dealing with the inconveniences or quirkiness of a non-traditional tent design. Big people looking to trim pack weight may be smart to get a tent that’s not the absolute lightest, but still reasonably light while providing a bit more space (more on square footage below).

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Mid-1 ultralight solo backpacking tent.
The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Mid-1 ultralight solo pyramid tent in the Wind River Range. Click photo to read my review.

That said, there are ultralight tents and shelters that do have adequate or even abundant living space, especially those employing non-traditional designs. Floorless tents and tarps that pitch using trekking poles weigh mere ounces while offering much more sheltered living area per ounce (or gram) than traditional tents. While not freestanding, when pitched and staked out properly they often stand up to strong wind as well as—and sometimes better than—any heavier, three-season, freestanding tent. Some have a single-wall or hybrid single- and double-wall design (see below) and optional mesh inserts for buggy conditions. Ventilation, of course, is almost never a problem under a tarp.

You may want a light ground cloth, and site selection and an adequately warm bag both become more important when you’re not in an enclosed tent. But if you really want to reduce shelter weight, when bugs aren’t an issue and you don’t anticipate relentlessly wet, windy conditions, a tarp or similar minimalist shelter is unquestionably the best choice. Plus, if you also want to move to a lighter, smaller-volume pack, you have to first reduce the bulk of your two largest pieces of gear: your tent and sleeping bag.

All of which leads to the conclusion: Yes, size matters. There are tradeoffs to reducing weight. For many backcountry travelers, though, the benefits of a lighter pack far outweigh any disadvantages of an ultralight shelter. Once someone switches to one, they don’t tend to go back to carrying heavier tents.

Plan your next great backpacking adventure in Yosemite
and other flagship parks using my expert e-books.

The Gossamer Gear The One solo ultralight tent in Glacier National Park.
The Gossamer Gear The One solo ultralight tent in Glacier National Park. Click photo to read my review.

How Light Should You Go?

What is an ultralight tent? There’s no hard definition, but I would include any kind of backcountry shelter that’s under about three pounds (1.4 kg). While somewhat arbitrary, that cutoff lumps in a wide range of products, from freestanding, double-wall tents that are significantly lighter than traditional models to shelters weighing a pound or less.

I’m not suggesting you ignore all tents over three pounds; there are two-person, three-season tents weighing mere ounces over three pounds that have their merits. What matters more are your personal needs and preferences in a shelter. That will dictate the design features you want, which (along with your budget) will largely dictate the weight of the shelter you choose.

See my picks for “The 10 Best Backpacking Tents.”

Glenns Lake on the Northern Loop in Glacier National Park.
Glenns Lake in Glacier National Park is along one of America’s top 10 best backpacking trips. Click photo to see them all.

The weight of any kind of shelter (or any gear) basically depends on the type and amount of materials that go into it—a seemingly obvious fact, but one which affects everything from interior space to price. The visible differences include:

• Interior and vestibule space.
• One or two doors.
• Freestanding or requires staking (which includes semi-freestanding).
• Double- or single-wall.
• Whether it has dedicated tent poles or pitches using trekking poles.
• Whether it has a floor and/or bug-proof mesh walls.

Read all of this story and ALL stories at The Big Outside,
plus get a FREE e-book! Join now!

 

Sea to Summit Alto TR2 ultralight backpacking tent.
The Sea to Summit Alto TR2 ultralight backpacking tent in the Pasayten Wilderness. Click photo to read my review.

Freestanding or Not?

Tarps and some tents employ your trekking poles, eliminating the substantial weight and bulk of tent poles from your pack. These models can require a little more time and possibly some practice to pitch correctly—you’ll be wise to pitch it for the first time in your yard rather than during a rainstorm in the backcountry. But you’ll quickly familiarize yourself with the idiosyncrasies of one. And tent poles represent one of the single biggest chunks of weight you can remove from your pack, which is why these non-traditional shelters are the choice for serious ultralighters as well as any backpackers who simply want to pack as light as possible.

Besides, “freestanding” is a somewhat misleading term: While such tents do stand independent of stakes, they virtually always must be staked out, anyway, including their rainfly, to ensure that they stay put in wind and ventilate well.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life.
Click here now to learn more.

Slingfin 2Lite ultralight backpacking tent.
Testing the Slingfin 2Lite ultralight backpacking tent in the High Sierra. Click photo to read my review.

See my stories “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,”
and “5 Tips For Spending Less on Hiking and Backpacking Gear.”

A campsite at Overland Lake on the Ruby Crest Trail.
This campsite at Overland Lake on the Ruby Crest Trail ranks among my 25 all-time favorite backcountry campsites. Click photo to see them all.

What’s Best for You?

As I’ve basically laid out above, choosing any kind of backcountry shelter, and particularly an ultralight one, requires asking yourself a few questions:

• How high a priority is low weight to you?
• How much space do you need?
• Do you usually backpack in buggy seasons and/or wet and windy conditions?
• Will this be your only tent or an alternative shelter to use in circumstances appropriate for it?

In the final analysis, if your goal is as light a backpack as possible, nothing gets you closer to that goal than your choice of a shelter. Find the lightest one that still serves your essential needs.

See all reviews of ultralight backpacking tents and ultralight backpacking gear, my “5 Expert Tips For Buying a Backpacking Tent,” and my picks for the best ultralight backpacks at The Big Outside.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/how-to-choose-the-best-ultralight-backpacking-tent-for-you/feed/ 11 25581
5 Expert Tips For Buying a Backpacking Tent https://thebigoutsideblog.com/5-tips-for-how-to-buy-a-backpacking-tent/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/5-tips-for-how-to-buy-a-backpacking-tent/#comments Tue, 10 Feb 2026 10:00:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=6789 Read on

]]>
By Michael Lanza

The choices in tents for backpacking seem to get better every year, with lightweight models continually getting lighter and other advances that make tents sturdier and more livable without adding weight. But with all the options out there, how do you choose? The answer is simpler than you might think: It comes down to understanding the key differences that distinguish tents from one another—which will help you understand what you need.

Like tents, backpackers come in different sizes and their needs in a tent vary depending on their style of backpacking and where they go. In testing scores of backpacking tents over a quarter-century of testing and reviewing gear—formerly as the lead gear reviewer for Backpacker magazine for about 10 years and even longer running this blog—I’ve acquired a sense of what to look for in a tent and how to help people pick out one they like.

The five simple tips in this article will help you find the tent that’s best for your needs. Please share any tips of your own or your questions in the comments section at the bottom of this story; I try to respond to all comments.

See also my story “How to Choose the Best Ultralight Backpacking Tent for You,” which explains specific details and design differences that apply to all tents.

See “The 10 Best Backpacking Tents
and all backpacking tent reviews at The Big Outside.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


A backpacker at Sahale Glacier Camp in North Cascades National Park.
A backpacker at Sahale Glacier Camp in North Cascades National Park. Click on the photo to see my 25 Favorite Backcountry Campsites.

#1 What Kind of Backpacker Are You?

Is tent weight your top priority, or weather resistance, or interior space and livability? You’ll spend countless hours and nights, as well as plenty of waking hours inside that shelter; make sure it’s going to be enjoyable, and it all comes down to your personal style of backpacking.

Consider these three backpacker profiles:

If you’re the kind of backpacker who’s not interested in rising early and rushing out of camp, and who prefers to hike for not much more than half the day and reach your next camp with time to relax in the warm afternoon sun and perhaps take a swim in a lake or creek, you may prefer a tent with good interior space. That becomes doubly true if your usual destinations present the prospect of rain keeping you inside that tent for hours. Weight may not be your top priority. Still, consider weight as you compare tents, because you do have to carry that shelter.

On the other hand, if you are the kind of backpacker who loves to hit the trail early and bang out big mileage every day—like many ultralighters and thru-hikers—then weight probably is your top priority, and you’re willing to tolerate some compromises in your tent to minimize pack weight because you have a higher ratio of hours spent hiking to hours spent in the tent..

Do you fall somewhere between those two descriptions—not an early-rising, big-mileage backpacker, but nonetheless keen to keep your pack weight comfortable? There are tent models that strike a balance between livability and moderate weight.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

A campsite at night by the Colorado River at Hance Rapids in the Grand Canyon.
A campsite at night by the Colorado River at Hance Rapids in the Grand Canyon. Click photo to see all of my e-books to classic national park backpacking trips, including in the Grand Canyon.

#2 Read the Reviews Closely

Yes, there are a lot of gear reviews in the ether and in print. Find sources you consider authoritative and experienced, whose perspective is shaped by having slept in many tents: With tents especially, the average backpacker doesn’t buy or use very many models, and people have a natural bias to want to affirm that a purchase they made was a good one, so they’ll tend to comment positively—but vaguely.

Read reviews for details you can’t glean by simply checking out a tent in a store, like how well it stands up to wind and rain, the ease of pitching it and breaking it down, and whether it has a problem with condensation buildup, especially on chilly, calm nights.

Use reviews in conjunction with your preferences in a tent to narrow your list to a few finalists—or perhaps easily winnow it to one obvious good choice for you. And lastly, look for brands known for making good tents or that you’ve read good reviews about. You may ultimately settle on a tent from a brand after hearing or reading about another model from that same brand.

Read all of this story and ALL stories at The Big Outside,
plus get a FREE e-book! Join now!

 

A backpacker at a campsite in Titcomb Basin, Wind River Range, Wyoming.
Mark Fenton at a campsite in Titcomb Basin, Wind River Range, Wyoming. Click on the photo to learn how I can help you plan this or any trip you read about at this blog.

#3 The Little Details Matter

But some little things matter more than others. Here are some key details to examine in a backpacking tent:

A tent will typically last for many years. Make sure you’re satisfied with it.

See “The 10 Best Backpacking Tents” and all reviews of backpacking tents, ultralight backpacking tents, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-book versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now to get full access to ALL stories, plus a FREE e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/5-tips-for-how-to-buy-a-backpacking-tent/feed/ 9 6789
The Best Headlamps of 2026 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-the-5-best-headlamps/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-the-5-best-headlamps/#comments Tue, 11 Nov 2025 10:00:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=15691 Read on

]]>
By Michael Lanza

A headlamp is unquestionably essential gear for hiking, backpacking, climbing, trail running, ultra-running and ultra-hiking, ski touring, and other backcountry activities that sometimes push into darkness (whether intentionally or not). But with so many to pick from, how do you choose which one to buy? Price? Brightness? Weight? Design and range of lighting modes? Go with a brand you know and trust? This review cuts through the information overload to help you pick the right headlamp for your adventures.

I selected the headlamps covered in this review based on extensive testing on backpacking, camping, long dayhikes, climbing, backcountry skiing, and other backcountry trips, and I’ve field-tested dozens of headlamps over more than a quarter-century of testing and reviewing gear, formerly as the lead gear reviewer for Backpacker magazine for 10 years and even longer running this blog.

The freshly updated picks below represent the best models for backcountry users.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


For dayhiking, backpacking, and similar pursuits, I favor models that meet five simple criteria:

•    Lightweight—no dayhiker, backpacker, runner, or climber needs a bulky light that weighs more than three to four ounces.
•    Versatile and bright enough for everything from reading in the tent and managing camp chores to hiking rugged trail in complete darkness—and if needed, for route-finding off-trail.
•    Intuitive and easy to use, so I don’t have to consult instructions more than once, take off my gloves to operate it, or use a tool to change batteries.
•    Projects a beam that’s focused and even, not blotchy and uneven.
•    Preferably rechargeable so I’m not repeatedly buying and throwing away batteries.

I apply those standards when choosing which headlamps I’ll review at The Big Outside, with the exception of being rechargeable, because some rechargeable headlamps cost more up front (although not over time), and this review covers a variety of headlamps at a range of price points.

The headlamps below are listed in order of weight. Please share your experiences with any of these models, or another you like, in the comments section at the bottom of this story. I try to respond to all comments.

The Best Headlamps

ModelPriceWeightMax PowerRechargeable
BioLite Headlamp 325$601.8 oz./51g325 lumensYes
Knog Bandicoot 250$502.1 oz./59.5g250 lumensYes
Black Diamond Spot 400$552.5 oz./70.9g400 lumensNo
Black Diamond Spot 400-R$702.6 oz./73.7g400 lumensYes
Petzl IKO Core$1052.8 oz./79.4g500 lumensYes
Petzl Actik Core$853 oz./85g350 lumensYes
BioLite Headlamp 800 Pro$1205.3 oz./150g800 lumensYes
Black Diamond Distance 1500$2207.5 oz./213g1,500 lumensYes
The Biolite Headlamp 325.
The Biolite Headlamp 325.

BioLite Headlamp 325
$50, 1.8 oz./51g
backcountry.com

Look for an ultralight headlamp under two ounces and $40 or less and you’ll find very few choices—with the BioLite Headlamp 325, which I’ve used backpacking in the Wind River Range and elsewhere, arguably the best. It sports four all-you-need lighting modes—white spot and red flood LEDs, both with dimming capability, plus white and red strobe—and cranks out enough brightness (325 lumens) and lasts long enough on a full charge (three hours on high, 40 hours on low) for backpackers, dayhikers, trail runners, and others.

With its nearly weightless front housing integrated into the slender, easily adjustable, no-bounce head strap, the 325 goes almost unnoticed on your head—making it certainly among the most comfortable ultralight headlamps. Intuitive, single-button operation, lockout mode, four-position housing tilt, and an IPX4 waterproof rating complete a high-value package at a very good price.

Read my complete review of the BioLite Headlamp 325.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a BioLite Headlamp 325 at backcountry.com.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton,
and other parks using my expert e-books.

 

Knog Bandicoot 250 ultralight headlamp.
Knog Bandicoot 250 ultralight headlamp.

Knog Bandicoot 250
$50, 2.1 oz./59.5g
knog.com

I thought this headlamp’s predecessor, the Bandicoot, had the potential to upend this entire category. After using the more powerful and comfortable Knog Bandicoot 250 on a nine-day hike of nearly 130 miles through the High Sierra, mostly on the John Muir Trail, I still think this technology is a game changer.

The Bandicoot 250 is powerful, rechargeable, lighter than most competitors, and cheaper than many. Its unique, very light and durable silicone housing seamlessly merges the strap, body, and LEDs and adjusts to fit a huge circumference range of 30-70cm; you may forget you’re wearing it. Four LEDs—high beam, elliptical beams for broad ambient light, a red light for preserving your night vision, and downward-angled lights for reading—cover the needs of many users, including trail running and biking streets at night. It also has a lockout mode.

Read my complete review of the Knog Bandicoot 250.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a Knog Bandicoot 250 at knog.com.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

Black Diamond Spot 400
Black Diamond Spot 400

Black Diamond Spot 400
$55, 2.5 oz./70.9g
blackdiamondequipment.com

In any direct comparison, the Spot 400 offers an impressive feature set, power, and versatility at a competitive price. That includes the three modes a backcountry headlamp should have—white beam, white peripheral, and red—and the latest update of the Spot jacks the max brightness up to a powerful 400 lumens. It’ll project a beam 100 meters and has dimming capability in all modes.

It features BD’s neat PowerTap technology that allows you to tap the right side of the casing to cycle between max brightness and the dimmed level you’ve already set—which is not only convenient, but so easy that you’ll power down more often, thus prolonging battery life. The lockout mode prevents accidental turning on in a pack. Plus, it’s waterproof up to a little over a meter underwater for 30 minutes.

Read my complete review of the Black Diamond Spot 400.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Black Diamond Spot 400 at backcountry.com, rei.com, or blackdiamondequipment.com.

Want a reliable, basic, easy-to-operate headlamp at a good price? See my review of the Black Diamond Astro 300 and rechargeable Astro 300-R.

Planning your next big adventure? See “America’s Top 10 Best Backpacking Trips
and “Tent Flap With a View: 25 Favorite Backcountry Campsites.”

Black Diamond Spot 400-R headlamp.
Black Diamond Spot 400-R.

Black Diamond Spot 400-R
$70, 2.6 oz./73.7g
blackdiamondequipment.com

Virtually identical to BD’s Spot 400, the Spot 400-R adds a feature that keeps on delivering value: it’s rechargeable. Powered by a 1500 mAh Li-ion battery with micro-USB charging port, the Spot 400-R throws a beam 100 meters at its maximum brightness of 400 lumens; that’s bright enough to hike off-trail, search for your route in the dark, or identify the large animal going for your cached food. And a full charge lasts for four hours at max power.

Plus, it sports all the versatility of the Spot 400: three white and red modes with dimming capability, intuitive two-button operation, PowerTap technology, lockout mode, and it’s waterproof up to a little over a meter underwater for 30 minutes. But most impressively, at just 15 bucks more than the Spot 400, the rechargeable Spot 400-R soon pays for itself through the money saved not buying (and throwing away) batteries.

Read my complete review of the Black Diamond Spot 400-R.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a rechargeable Black Diamond Spot 400-R at backcountry.com, rei.com or blackdiamondequipment.com.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life.
Click here now to learn more.

The Petzl IKO Core rechargeable headlamp.
The Petzl IKO Core rechargeable headlamp.

Petzl IKO Core
$105, 2.8 oz./79.4g
backcountry.com

When you compare max brightness, weight, and other features, few ultralight headlamps match the rechargeable IKO Core’s appeal to backpackers, dayhikers, climbers, trail runners, and backcountry skiers. From ski touring to a backcountry yurt on a dark, snowy winter night to backpacking in the Wind River Range and the Grand Canyon, its max brightness of 500 lumens—exceptional for a headlamp weighing under three ounces—illuminated objects 100 meters distant.

The IPX-4 rating means the headlamp is resistant to splashed water but not waterproof—not as good as the water resistance of other ultralight headlamps. But three brightness levels, a combined spot beam and proximity light in two of them, simple operation, the versatility to substitute AAA batteries in a pinch, a lockout mode, and the bendable, adjustable, hydrophobic headband’s comfortable and secure fit—all in a light weighing under three ounces—make the IKO Core one of today’s most unique headlamps.

Read my complete review of the Petzl IKO Core.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a Petzl IKO Core at backcountry.com.

Let The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

Petzl Actik Core headlamp.
The Petzl Actik Core

Petzl Actik Core
$88, 3 oz./85g
backcountry.com

If you’re willing to spend more up front for a rechargeable headlamp—which eventually pays for itself—the Actik Core ranks among the very best. Equipped with white and red modes and spot and proximity beams, it stands out among rechargeables for two attributes: putting out an impressive maximum brightness of 350 lumens even when using the rechargeable battery and maintaining constant brightness over the duration of a charge—both of which you’ll appreciate on a long slog after dark.

On a September night in the Wind River Range, at max brightness, the Actik Core illuminated trees 300 feet away across a meadow. It’s easy and intuitive to use with one power button to click between modes and the dimming function. It also runs on three standard alkaline, lithium, or Ni-MH AAA batteries and the battery compartment is accessed by lifting a tab—no tool needed. A charge lasts up to 160 hours, long enough for most multi-day hikes.

Read my complete review of the Petzl Actik Core.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a Petzl Actik Core at backcountry.com or rei.com.

Get the right gear for your trips. See “The 10 Best Backpacking Packs
and “The 10 Best Backpacking Tents.”

The BioLite Headlamp 800 Pro.
The BioLite Headlamp 800 Pro.

BioLite Headlamp 800 Pro
$120, 5.3 oz./150g
backcountry.com

From an 18-mile, 13-hour, four-summit hike in Utah’s Wasatch Range to many evenings biking city streets after dark, I’ve found that BioLite’s rechargeable Headlamp 800 Pro stands out for a rare combination of ultra-bright power, a wide range of modes, and a modest weight for a backcountry headlamp that packs this much power and versatility.

For starters, its multiple lighting modes include dimmable white spot and white flood plus the two combined; white strobe; dimmable red flood, and on the battery pack, rear-facing red solid and red strobe visibility beams, for biking streets after dark (plus a lockout function). The max brightness of 800 lumens in 30-second burst mode exceeds that of virtually any ultralight headlamp—very useful for hikers, climbers, backcountry skiers, and others moving off-trail. For its complexity, operation is very intuitive.

Perhaps most uniquely, it offers a constant mode, an option for setting the headlamp to maintain its brightness level rather than dimming as the charge or batteries drain, which is called regulated power and common in most headlamps for the backcountry.

Read my complete review of the BioLite Headlamp 800 Pro.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a BioLite Headlamp 800 Pro at backcountry.com, rei.com or bioliteenergy.com.


Decorate your walls with beautiful photos from your favorite wild places. Click here now to get professional-quality prints of this blog’s most inspiring images!


The Black Diamond Distance 1500.
The Black Diamond Distance 1500.

Black Diamond Distance 1500
$220, 7.5 oz./213g
blackdiamondequipment.com

Comparing any hiking-oriented headlamps to the rechargeable Black Diamond Distance 1500 headlamp feels rather like comparing a Honda Civic to a Bradley armored fighting vehicle. At 7.5 ounces/213 grams and putting out a supernova-like 1,500 lumens at max power, the Distance 1500 is at least twice the price, weight, and brightness of most of today’s best backcountry headlamps. Testing this beast hiking, climbing, mountain and road biking, and backcountry skiing demonstrated that, while it’s certainly overkill for many activities, it’s invaluable for both route-finding and high-speed sports after dark.

The headlamp achieves 1,500 lumens only for bursts of 15 seconds using BD’s Power Tap Technology, activated by double-tapping the side of the headlamp. Its maximum sustained power is 800 lumens—still very bright and useful in certain backcountry scenarios (in other words, when you really need a bright light). The Comfort Cradle, with the light on the forehead and a battery pack in the rear, is quite comfortable and works great with any headlamp-compatible helmet. Caveat: Expect to invest some time into learning its many modes and functions.

Read my complete review of the Black Diamond Distance 1500.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Black Diamond Distance 1500 Headlamp at blackdiamondequipment.com or backcountry.com, or the Black Diamond Distance Headlamp Battery at blackdiamondequipment.com or backcountry.com.

See all reviews of headlamps, hiking gear, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside. And don’t miss my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

You live for the outdoors. The Big Outside helps you get out there.
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-book!

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can purchase the e-book versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-the-5-best-headlamps/feed/ 10 15691
Review: BioLite Firepit+ Portable Backyard Fire Pit and Grill https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-biolite-firepit-portable-backyard-fire-pit-and-grill/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-biolite-firepit-portable-backyard-fire-pit-and-grill/#respond Wed, 08 Oct 2025 09:38:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=57803 Read on

]]>
Portable Backyard/Camping Firepit and Grill
BioLite Firepit+
$400, 20 lbs./9kg
backcountry.com

Many of us learned a lot about what we liked during the pandemic and many of those newly discovered or rediscovered likes have stayed with us—like sitting out in the back yard to eat and socialize. We realized (or were reminded): Hey, it’s nice sitting out here! That included evenings when cool temperatures might have previously driven us indoors. So we sought ways to heat our domestic outdoor spaces. Enter the BioLite Firepit+, a more civilized and controllable evolution of the old stone-ringed (sometimes smoky and not very heat-efficient), backyard fire pit.

The Firepit+ is a sturdy but relatively light and portable, metal fire chamber with—and most critically, a removable airflow pack containing a rechargeable battery that powers 51 air jets inside the fire chamber, with four fan speeds controlled by a button on the pack or with a free Bluetooth app (Android and iOS versions). Those air jets transform the chore of building a campfire into a much faster, more efficient, and far less smoky task.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Biolite Firepit+
The Biolite Firepit+

Measuring 27.5 ins./70cm long, 16 ins./41cm deep, 12 ins./30cm wide at the top and 11ins./28cm wide at the base, with two handles, a lid, and folding legs that reduce the unit’s height to 10.5 ins./26.7cm when folded, and weighing about 20 pounds/9kg, the Firepit+ is compact and portable enough for camping and storing in a garage or shed when not in use. The BioLite Firepit Carry Bag ($60) can be purchased separately.

Setup is a snap once you’ve fully charged the airflow pack’s battery before the first use. The Firepit+ assembles quickly by screwing the two handles into place at either end, extending the folding legs (which lock into place and fold up for transport using a release button), attaching the rechargeable airflow pack to one side (which requires no tools), and inserting the fuel rack.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

The Biolite Firepit+
The Biolite Firepit+

Key to significantly minimizing smoke and building a roaring, warm fire is basically just adhering to the rules of building a proper campfire: Start with small pieces of dry wood and ideally a firestarter and add more small pieces gradually, always offsetting the wood pieces to permit airflow through the pile—otherwise, you’ll get smoke. As when building a campfire, you may need to poke and move some burning pieces of wood around slightly at times to enhance air flow. Only add large sticks or logs after a bed of coals has developed. Avoid letting wood block the air jets or extend above the top of the burn chamber.

In reality, though, the 51 air jets eliminate much of the usual maintenance needed with a campfire. Keep the jets on the lowest or second setting until the fire has grown; then you can dial them up to speed up the burning and building of coals. The air jets get the fire burning strongly within minutes—imagine 51 very tiny people sitting around the fire constantly blowing on it without having to inhale.

The Biolite Firepit+
The Biolite Firepit+

Smoke results when areas of any fire aren’t getting enough oxygen and flames start to diminish and the air jets also minimize smoke by keeping the flames burning efficiently—in other words, they perform the chore of constantly stoking the fire that we usually don’t want to perform non-stop when building a fire.

Once you’ve built up a strong fire and hot coals, you can turn down the jets to maintain minimal air flow and burn wood more slowly. The fine mesh walls of the fire chamber prevent embers from escaping and radiate heat outward—and you can see the flames, which is, of course, one of the pleasures of sitting around a campfire. Friends and I have sat around it comfortably on winter evenings in the 30s Fahrenheit. In temps that cold, the Firepit+ throws enough heat to warm people sitting within three or four feet of it; and the minimal smoke enables you to sit that close. On spring evenings, it also helps keep mosquitoes away.

The chamber burns wood up to 16 ins./40cm long—firewood bought at stores usually fits—or charcoal and converts to a hibachi-style grill by simply raising the fuel rack to the upper level, tossing in charcoal, and sliding the included grill grate into place. (When not using it, the grill grate can be removed and set aside or slid nearly off but left attached while just making a fire.) Charcoal provides a more consistent heat source for grilling meat, kabobs, corn on the cob and other foods on the uncovered grill; a wood fire requires too much maintenance for grilling.

If after grilling with charcoal you want to start a wood fire, use metal tongs to drop one side of the fuel rack at a time to the rack’s lower level and then lay small pieces of wood atop the hot coals, which will act as a firestarter, augmented by the air jets.

Looking for the best outdoor adventures, gear reviews, and expert tips?
Start at this blog’s home page!

The Biolite Firepit+
The Biolite Firepit+

To put the fire out, just let it burn down. Stop adding wood a while before you want to put the fire out and you’ll burn up all or most of the wood in it. Use the air jets to speed up the fuel burning or turn them off and the flames will die out quickly—and it may then get smoky while it’s smoldering. Placing the lid on the chamber will obviously reduce oxygen to the fire and smother it more quickly. Never throw water on the fire; that can damage the chamber and electronics.

The ash door on the chamber’s bottom allows you to dump out cold coals and ashes. (Once the ashes are cold and dead, I scatter them in my garden). With the fire out, the Firepit’s body will cool within about 10 minutes.

The included pre-seasoned, non-stick, cast-iron griddle (8.8 lbs./3.98kg, 19.3×9.5×2 ins./49x24x5cm, cooking surface area 130 sq. ins./330 sq. cm) sits atop the grill grate to fry, sear, or sauté food. A moderate fire (not large) on a low fan setting provides plenty of heat for cooking on the griddle; BioLite cautions against overheating the griddle with a large fire.

BioLite’s Firepit Cooking Kit (sold separately, $50, 1 lb. 10.5 oz/750g) includes a sharp, Santoku cutting and chopping knife and a spatula and tongs, made of stainless steel with silicone rubber on the extra-long handles for safety around the fire, plus a roll-up storage mat. The tongs are large and sturdy enough to place relatively small pieces of split logs

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

 

The Firepit+ is made with a high-temp enamel coating for durability and easy cleaning. Use Firepit+ only on surfaces like packed dirt, gravel, sand, concrete, or flat rocks, not on a lawn or decks, which could be damaged by the heat. Use only dry wood or charcoal, nothing else: no pellets or wet wood. BioLite recommends drying the fire pit after use and storing it in a dry place when not using it (rather than leaving it out in your yard).

Naturally, the Firepit+ is not as quick and convenient as having a gas grill in your yard—but a gas grill isn’t portable for camping and you’re not going to sit around a gas grill and make s’mores or sip whiskey. In the same vein, electric space heaters on posts produce more heat than the Firepit+ and radiate it downward at people seated anywhere around their perimeter. But they lack the ambience of a campfire and aren’t so good for grilling.

The airflow system’s fan runs for up to 30 hours with the fan on low, 14 hours on medium, and seven hours on high on a single charge. The 12,800 mAh 47Wh battery, recharged via micro USB, also functions as a battery for charging other devices. Charge batteryvia micro USB fully at least once every six months for longer life.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life.
Click here now to learn more.

The Verdict

Functioning as an all-in-one fire pit with crackling flames, grill, and griddle, with better control over flames and much less smoke than a traditional campfire, the BioLite Firepit+ combines the benefits of backyard heaters, a fire pit, and a grill in one unit that’s also light enough and portable for camping. Living in your back yard just got better.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the BioLite Firepit+ at backcountry.com, rei.com, or bioliteenergy.com; the BioLite Firepit Cooking Kit at bioliteenergy.com or rei.com; and the BioLite Firepit Carry Bag at rei.com, or bioliteenergy.com.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

And don’t miss my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

—Michael Lanza

You live for the outdoors. The Big Outside helps you get out there.
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-biolite-firepit-portable-backyard-fire-pit-and-grill/feed/ 0 57803
Review: Sea to Summit Spark Pro -9C/15F Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sea-to-summit-spark-pro-9c-15f-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sea-to-summit-spark-pro-9c-15f-sleeping-bag/#respond Thu, 26 Sep 2024 12:07:58 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=64890 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Sleeping Bag
Sea to Summit Spark Pro -9C/15F Bag
$689, 1 lb. 11 oz./765.4g (regular)
Sizes: unisex regular and long ($689)
seatosummit.com

We woke up from our first night in Colorado’s San Juan Mountains in mid-September, at well over 10,000 feet beside a creek that sang soft lullabys to us all night, to find ice crystals in our water bottles and one full water bladder that had been left outside the tent partly frozen. But the overnight temperature dropping to below freezing had hardly registered with me as I slumbered soundly zipped up inside my Sea to Summit Spark Pro -9C/15F sleeping bag—one of the warmest for its weight, most packable, and well constructed ultralight sleeping bags you’ll find.

I slept in the Spark Pro -9C/15Fbag for three nights backpacking in the San Juans in mid-September, with the other two nights at over 11,000 feet along the Continental Divide Trail, where the low temperature remained only slightly above freezing (no ice in our water).

I also stayed comfortably warm inside it, wearing a couple of light and midweight tops, long underwear, a wool hat, and socks, for three nights backpacking mostly on the Uinta Highline Trail in Utah’s High Uintas Wilderness in the first week of October, when we slept under the stars each night and awoke to frost and moisture on our bags, that substantial dampness not penetrating noticeably through the shell or appearing to compromise the bag’s loft or warmth much.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Sea to Summit Spark Pro -9C/15F ultralight sleeping bag with the top flap folded down.
The Sea to Summit Spark Pro -9C/15F ultralight sleeping bag with the top flap folded down.

Stuffed with one pound, 0.9 ounces/480 grams of water- repellent, 950-fill Ultra-Dry Down (in the 15-degree regular; the 30-degree regular has 10.9 ounces/310 grams of down and the long versions of both bags, of course, have a bit more), the Spark Pro ranks among an elite group of the few very best down sleeping bags for warmth per ounce of bag weight, packability, and in the down’s resistance to water: Compared to standard down bags, it keeps you warmer when invaded by any moisture, whether condensation inside a tent, rain penetrating a backpack and the bag’s stuff sack, or condensation inside the bag from moisture released by your body.

The Ultra-Dry Down’s non-PFAS treatment also enables those goose feathers to dry much more quickly than standard down if the bag gets wet. Vertical baffles in the chest, horizontal baffles in lower bag’s top side and throughout the bottom side, plus box-wall baffle construction distribute the down evenly, avoiding cold spots. And this bag provides a visual demonstration of its high-quality down every time you pull it out of its stuff sack, quickly lofting up to about four inches thick.

And at just one pound, 11 ounces/765.4 grams (for the regular, on my scale), the total weight of the Spark Pro -9C/15F compares with many good-quality, 30-degree mummy bags.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

The Sea to Summit Spark Pro -9C/15F ultralight sleeping bag's hood.
The Sea to Summit Spark Pro -9C/15F ultralight sleeping bag’s hood.

Sea to Summit uses an international standard called ISO 23537 to test and assign two temperature ratings to its sleeping bags: a lower limit and a comfort rating. The -9° C/15° F rating represents this bag’s lower limit; its comfort limit is -3° C/27° F.

On the night the temperature dropped below freezing, with the bag zipped up completely, I slept comfortably for most of the night in just a light wool T-shirt, underwear, and socks, only pulling on a long-sleeve top and a wool hat in early morning (the coldest time of the night and the time when your body often feels coldest because it needs more food). To me, that demonstrates this bag is true to its comfort rating. In temperatures at its lower limit, I would personally expect to need a base layer or two, top and bottom, plus a wool hat to feel warm enough.

I’ve pushed plenty of bags to their limits without getting miserably cold, but I sleep warm; people who don’t would definitely not enjoy pushing this or any bag to its lower limit, but would probably find the Spark Pro -9C/15Fidealfor nights no colder than several degrees above freezing Fahrenheit/three to four degrees above freezing Celsius. (See my “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags.”)

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

 

The Sea to Summit Spark Pro -9C/15F ultralight sleeping bag's footbox.
The Sea to Summit Spark Pro -9C/15F ultralight sleeping bag’s footbox.

Sea to Summit’s Free-Flow three-zipper design expands the versatility of the Spark Pro bags. A quarter-length zipper on the upper right side of the bag enables you to fold down the top of the bag like a quilt on mild nights. A footbox zipper ventilates that end of the bag—a feature I virtually never use in bags because my feet are rarely too hot, but which makes more sense in combination with the ability to fold the top of the bag down like a blanket. The two-way, full-length main zipper (left side) slides remarkably smoothly—never snagging, which isn’t true of most “no-snag” zippers in bags I’ve used.

Some ultralight sleeping bags achieve their low weights by using less insulation (read: less warm) or by reducing fabric and insulation weight through tighter dimensions (read: feels claustrophobic to some people). But the Spark and Spark Pro series bags have comfortable dimensions of 61x53x40 inches/155x135x102 centimeters (at the shoulders, hips, and feet, size regular), which compares with some of the better ultralight bags I’ve reviewed.

I found it has adequate space while maintaining thermal efficiency and without making the bag overly bulky: I could fit a long-sleeve top and pants in the foot of the bag (to add a little insulation and keep those clothes warm for when I put them on in the morning) and easily lift both knees to my chest while lying on my back in the bag, as well as dress in the bag with it zipped up. The 72-inch/185-centimeter length is standard for regular bags.

While the Spark Pro is not available in women’s sizes, and the unisex sizing likely favors the builds of more men than women, some women will find the unisex bag works for them because body shapes and sizes vary greatly within genders as much as between genders, rendering the fit of sleeping bags less gender-dependent. Sea to Summit recommends women use the comfort temp rating as their guide.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton,
and other parks using my expert e-books.

The Sea to Summit Spark Pro -9C/15F ultralight sleeping bag stuffed.
The Sea to Summit Spark Pro -9C/15F ultralight sleeping bag stuffed.

In the smart features department, waterproof-breathable fabric in the hood and footbox repels moisture from condensation on tent walls in the areas of the bag most likely to brush against walls. The hood and collar cinch closely around your head using separate drawcords on opposite sides, which I find simplifies a task that’s often done in the dark when half-asleep; but if you’re a side sleeper (like me), either of those cords might brush against your cheek (as with many bags).

Stuffed inside the durable, 40-denier compression sack that comes with the bag, the Spark Pro 15F/-9C regular packs down to seven liters in volume, according to Sea to Summit—although I think I compressed it significantly smaller than that, to about the size of a soccer ball. Either way, that’s a very compact package for a bag with this much warmth. Sea to Summit gives the compressed volume of the 30F/-1C as 5.3 liters; based on my experience with the 15F/-9C, I suspect it can go smaller than that.

That’s due, in part, to the ultralight, 10-denier nylon lining and shell with a non-PFAS DWR (durable, water-resistant treatment), which is lighter and more packable than shell fabrics used in heavier sleeping bags, but also slightly less durable—although most users are very unlikely to tear a sleeping bag.

The Sea to Summit Spark Pro -1C/30F ($549, 1 lb. 5.8 oz./619g, regular) is a good choice for someone who doesn’t get cold easily and typically sleeps outside on nights around or well above freezing.

Another option, Sea to Summit’s Spark series of bags rated 45, 30, 15, and 0 degrees ($349 to $649), differfrom the Spark Pro primarily in that they use 850+-fill Ultra-Dry Down, lack the footbox zipper and short right-side zipper, and come in women’s sizes. In other words, at $100 cheaper for the same temp rating than the Pro series, you get an ultralight bag that’s still quite warm for its weight and packable—and actually a few ounces lighter than its Pro counterpart, due to having fewer features.

The Verdict

Featuring virtually the highest quality down available, giving it superior packability and warmest for its weight, as well as comfortable dimensions, excellent construction, and versatility in a wide range of temperatures, the Sea to Summit Spark Pro -9C/15F sleeping bag ranks among the few very best ultralight sleeping bags out there today.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Sea to Summit Spark Pro bag at backcountry.com, seatosummit.com, or rei.com, or a Sea to Summit Spark bag at backcountry.com, seatosummit.com, or rei.com.

See all reviews of sleeping bags, air mattresses, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside, plus my “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

And don’t miss my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sea-to-summit-spark-pro-9c-15f-sleeping-bag/feed/ 0 64890
Review: Marmot Hydrogen 30 Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-marmot-hydrogen-30-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-marmot-hydrogen-30-sleeping-bag/#respond Fri, 07 Jun 2024 20:38:22 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=63498 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Sleeping Bag
Marmot Hydrogen 30
$419, 1 lb. 9.4 oz./720g (regular)
Sizes: unisex regular and long ($419)
backcountry.com

For backpackers prioritizing low gear weight who don’t tend to get cold very easily, a sleeping bag rated 30 degrees Fahrenheit can function as their go-to for most three-season trips. And Marmot’s Hydrogen 30 remains one of the perhaps three highest-quality and warmest ultralight mummy bags at this temperature rating, as I affirmed sleeping in it for two nights on southern Utah’s Owl and Fish canyons loop in early May, four nights in Montana’s Beartooth Mountains in August, and five nights on the Grand Canyon’s Gems Route in mid-April.

Just three of those backpacking nights that I slept in the Hydrogen 30 were inside a tent: one quite windy night in the high 30s F, with a below-freezing wind chill, in Owl Canyon, and two nights in the Grand Canyon. My four nights sleeping out under the stars included a calm night in the mid-40s in Fish Canyon and three nights with winds gusting up to 30 miles per hour at times and overnight lows in the 40s and 50s in the Grand Canyon. In every circumstance, I stayed perfectly warm, even partly opening the bag on the milder nights. I also slept quite well in this bag out under the stars for two nights in the 50s in Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Marmot Hydrogen 30 hood.
The Marmot Hydrogen 30 hood.

The 800-fill down, treated with ExpeDry to make it dry faster if it gets wet, gives it a high warmth-to-weight ratio and an EN comfort rating of 36° F/2° C, limit rating of 27° F/-3° C, and extreme rating of -3° F/-19° C—while still weighing a modest one pound 9.4 ounces/720 grams (regular length).

Its weight trails close behind the very lightest and it’s warmer than all but a couple of them with which the Hydrogen 30 compares closely for warmth: As I wrote above, it packs enough warmth for nights that creep toward its temp rating (unless you sleep cold; see my “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” for tips on that). And it stuffs down to a compact 4.6 liters/280 cubic inches/12.2×5.9 inches. When pulled from its stuff sack the Hydrogen lofts up to about three to four inches.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life.
Click here now to learn more.

The Marmot Hydrogen 30 with both top zippers open and the flap folded down.
The Marmot Hydrogen 30 with both top zippers open and the flap folded down.

This bag kept me warm on nights that fell within the temperature range that backpackers will typically encounter in summer in mid-latitude mountains and in spring and fall in the desert Southwest.

Warmth if boosted, of course, by the adjustable hood, which closes evenly and comfortably around my face and head, while the draft collar and tube along the zipper protected me from chilly air outside and strong, cool gusts when I enjoyed long, deep slumber under the stars.

On mild nights when I kept the bag partly open to ventilate, the short second zipper on the upper right side of the bag’s top side (opposite the main zipper) enabled me to fold a flap of the bag down off my shoulders and upper torso, like a blanket—a nice feature because opening the main zipper just on one side to fold a triangle of the top of the bag off you often just results in the flap flipping back over you. The anti-snag slider on the full-length main zipper (on the left) works well. The wraparound construction of the footbox also boosts warmth.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox.
Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

The circumference measures 61 inches at the shoulders, 56 inches at the hips, and 44.5 inches at the feet—roomier than other leading ultralight, 30-degree bags like the Mountain Hardwear Phantom 30 and Feathered Friends Hummingbird UL 30 at a weight penalty of just a few ounces and a price lower than both. I found there’s plenty of space to move my feet around and stuff a little extra clothing down there to boost insulation and keep that clothing warm for morning. Its length is the standard 72 inches/183 centimeters (regular bag). An internal zippered pocket fits a smartphone to keep it out of the cold.

While the sizes are unisex, I think unisex sizing makes sense in sleeping bags because body shapes and sizes vary greatly within genders as much as between genders.

The Marmot Hydrogen 30 in southern Utah's Owl Canyon.
Testing the Marmot Hydrogen 30 in southern Utah’s Owl Canyon. Click photo to read about that trip.

The 75 percent recycled, Pertex Ultralight 20-denier ripstop shell fabric, with a PFC-free DWR (durable, water-repellent treatment), blocked those strong gusts quite well when I slept under the stars.

For backpackers on a budget, the Marmot Lost Coast 30 ($219, 2 lbs. 6 oz./1.07 kg, regular), with 600-fill down, while heavier and bulkier, is even slightly roomier and has the zippered internal pocket.

The Verdict

With a bit more space than some of the best and lightest ultralight down sleeping bags, while weighing just a few ounces more—and costing less—plus a high warmth-to-weight ratio and packability, the Marmot Hydrogen 30 certainly ranks among the few very best ultralight, 30-degree, mummy bags.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a Marmot Hydrogen 30 at backcountry.com, or a Marmot Lost Coast 30 at backcountry.com.

See all reviews of sleeping bags, air mattresses, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside, plus my “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

And don’t miss my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-marmot-hydrogen-30-sleeping-bag/feed/ 0 63498
Review: Nemo Riff 30 Endless Promise Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-nemo-riff-30-endless-promise-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-nemo-riff-30-endless-promise-sleeping-bag/#respond Fri, 08 Mar 2024 18:56:12 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=62301 Read on

]]>
Sleeping Bag
Nemo Riff 30 Endless Promise
$360, 1 lb. 15 oz./879g (men’s regular)
Sizes: men’s and women’s regular and long
backcountry.com

Nemo’s Riff down sleeping bags have long carved out a unique space among high-end backpacking bags with their spoon shape and comfortable dimensions, as well as the zippered “thermo gills” on the chest area for adjusting the bag’s degree of warmth to vent on mild nights or batten down the hatches on chilly nights. Spending eight nights in the 2024 update, the Riff 30 Endless Promise, in Glacier National Park in September and in southern Utah in early October, I found that Nemo maintained or improved on the Riff’s exclusive features—while making the bags fully recyclable.

I slept quite comfortably and stayed perfectly warm in the men’s Riff 30 Endless Promise for six nights in Glacier in September, with lows from around 50° to the upper 30s Fahrenheit, and for two clear nights in the high 40s on the Boulder Mail Trail-Death Hollow-Escalante River Loop in the Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument in early October.

Part of Nemo’s line of Endless Promise products, the Riff bags are 100 percent recyclable at the end of their life: Every Endless Promise product is designed to be repaired, resold, and ultimately recycled to keep them out of landfills. Each carries a QR code and customers receive a pre-paid shipping label and a $20 Nemo gift card for returning a product to be recycled into new fabrics or insulation.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Nemo Riff 30 Endless Promise sleeping bag.
The Nemo Riff 30 Endless Promise sleeping bag.

Stuffed with 10 ounces/295 grams of PFAS-free, RDS-certified, 800-fill duck down, the Riff 30 has good warmth for its weight, carrying a comfort rating of 40° F/4° C, a limit rating of 29° F/-2° C, and an extreme rating of -1° F/-18° C. Baffles are aligned vertically over the torso for comfort and horizontally below the waist to prevent down migration.

The hydrophobic down repels moisture, meaning it still traps heat efficiently when wet—the traditional weakness of standard down—and dries faster. It will not, of course, keep you as warm when damp or wet as when dry; think of it as allowing you to get through a night that may feel somewhere between uncomfortable and miserable. Better to keep your bag dry.

Assisting in that goal, the Riff bags have a somewhat rare feature I’ve long thought should be an automatic addition to all high-end bags, especially down models: Reinforced hood and footbox fabric treated with PFAS-free waterproofing to prevent tent condensation from penetrating the shell and getting the down wet—and it’s the head and footbox, of course, that are most likely to get damp with condensation from brushing against tent walls.

Available in men’s and women’s regular and long models rated to 30 and 15 degrees, the Riff still has the key features that set it apart from other sleeping bags. The spoon-shaped cut balances thermal and weight efficiency with extra space at the elbows and knees—particularly nice for side sleepers like me.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail,
in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-books.

 

The Nemo Riff 30 Endless Promise with the thermo gills unzipped.
The Nemo Riff 30 Endless Promise with the thermo gills unzipped.

And the brand’s signature thermo gills, parallel zippers over your torso that open to a narrow panel of solid, uninsulated fabric, allow venting without exposing you directly to cold air. In the 2024 Riff update, Nemo added interior zippers to both gills (which previously just had the exterior zippers), creating another level of venting that’s actually useful: I sleep warmly, so on nights around 50° F, I could open all four zippers on the two gills and effectively create a bag equal to one rated perhaps 10 degrees higher than the Riff 30.

With its warmth and my comfort range (and perhaps wearing an extra layer top and bottom), I can also use this bag in temperatures slightly below its rating, meaning the gills give me a bag I could use on about 80 percent of my backcountry nights.

In both the men’s and women’s Riff 30 regular, the girth measures a comfortable 60 inches/152 centimeters at the shoulders, tapers to 53 inches/135 centimeters at the hips, and 57 inches/145 centimeters at the feet, creating a roomier bed than you’ll get in some significantly lighter bags with the same temp rating. (Those measurements increase by one to two inches in the long bags.)

Nemo reduced those girth measures by one to two inches in the men’s models compared with the previous generation of the Riff (which I reviewed), presumably for the achieved benefit of shaving a few ounces from it. At five feet, eight inches and 153 pounds, I find the men’s regular (fits people up to six feet/183 centimeters) spacious without being so voluminous that it compromises thermal efficiency: I have space to pull on my pants inside the bag on chilly mornings, which I like.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

Nemo Riff 30 Endless Promise sleeping bag footbox.
The Nemo Riff 30 Endless Promise sleeping bag footbox.

I also like the redesigned, fat draft collar—what Nemo calls its Blanket Fold—both for when I zip the bag up completely, because of how that flap thoroughly seals out cold air and seals in body heat, and when I leave the bag partly open at the top because I can use it sort of like a blanket to cover my shoulders or throw it off as desired. That’s particularly nice for a side sleeper like me, as is the tiny cord for cinching the hood tighter, with a small barrel knot as a grip rather than an obnoxious plastic tab tapping my cheek while sleeping.

The warm, adjustable hood closes neatly to a small blowhole and readily loosens, but the cord doesn’t slip when you want it to remain closed up. An integrated pillow pocket can be stuffed with clothing or a Nemo Fillo pillow. All zippers run smoothly with no annoying tendency to snag.

And count me as a fan of the Riff’s compression stuff sack and the very cool (these things excite me), rectangular, zippered storage sack, which makes storing it among other gear noticeably easier.

I can help you plan any trip you read about at my blog.
Click here to learn how.

At 31 ounces/879 grams (on my scale for the men’s Riff 30 regular; Nemo gives a weight of 1 lb. 14 oz./845g), with a packed size of 10.5×7.5 inches/26×19 centimeters/four liters in volume, the Riff is certainly competitively light and packable—but still not among the most ultralight or compact down sleeping bags (when comparing identical temperature ratings). Yes, those bags achieve lower weights and better packability through higher rated down and/or a tighter fit (and often carry a higher price). Weight, packability, and price versus a roomier fit are essentially the tradeoffs between the Riff and the best ultralight bags.

The lightweight, 100 percent recycled, polyester ripstop shell and lining fabric offers the amount of durability that will prevent tears or punctures with reasonable care when using it.

The Nemo Riff 15 ($400, 2 lbs. 7 oz./1.12 kg regular), in men’s and women’s models, provides added warmth for shoulder seasons or people who tend to sleep cold.

The Verdict

For backpacking, the updated-for-2024 Nemo Riff 30 Endless Promise and Riff 15 Endless Promise bags still deliver a level of comfort that rises above many competitors while remaining lightweight and packable—and they are now fully recyclable, an important step toward preserving the places we like to sleep outside that we should all embrace and encourage through our choices as consumers.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s Nemo Riff 30 or Riff 15 Endless Promise sleeping bag at backcountry.com or nemoequipment.com, a women’s Nemo Riff 30 or Riff 15 Endless Promise sleeping bag at nemoequipment.com, or a men’s or women’s Riff 30 or Riff 15 Endless Promise sleeping bag at backcountry.com or rei.com.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

 

See all reviews of sleeping bags and backpacking gear at The Big Outside and my articles “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

And don’t miss my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See the Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-nemo-riff-30-endless-promise-sleeping-bag/feed/ 0 62301
Review: Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite NXT Air Mattress https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-therm-a-rest-neoair-xlite-nxt-air-mattress/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-therm-a-rest-neoair-xlite-nxt-air-mattress/#respond Thu, 13 Jul 2023 15:35:10 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=59591 Read on

]]>
Insulated Air Mattress
Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite NXT
$200, 11.5 oz./330g (size regular short, not including stuff sack or pump sack)
Sizes: four sizes from 20×66 inches/51x168cm to 25×77 inches/64x176cm
cascadedesigns.com

Choosing the absolute lightest air mattress you find doesn’t always go well: The hours of sleep lost to discomfort may exceed the weight savings in ounces. Put another way, the personal energy lost through a poor night of sleep may eclipse what you gain from shaving a few ounces of pack weight. The latest iteration of Therm-a-Rest’s ultralight NeoAir XLite air mats, the NXT, will flip that equation to the positive side of the energy ledger for many backpackers, as it did for me on several spring and summer backpacking trips.

I have (so far) slept on the NeoAir XLite NXT for a total of 32 nights, including: four nights on a pair of three-day hikes in April on a section of the Arizona Trail along the Gila River and in Arizona’s Aravaipa Canyon; another four nights on three-day hikes on both the Skyline Trail in Jasper National Park and the Nigel, Cataract, and Cline Passes Route in the White Goat Wilderness of the Canadian Rockies in early August; three nights in the Wind River Range and four nights in Montana’s Beartooth Mountains in mid-August; three nights on an August backpacking trip in Idaho’s Sawtooth Mountains; five more nights in the Wind River Range and six nights in September in Glacier National Park; three freezing nights in Utah’s High Uintas and two more nights on the 22-mile Boulder Mail Trail-Death Hollow Loop in the Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument in early October. And my wife used it for two nights on southern Utah’s Owl and Fish canyons loop in early May.

On the Arizona Trail and in the Canadian Rockies and Winds, I slept on this air mat in the Mountain Hardwear Phantom 30, comfortable in just underwear and a light T-shirt or a midweight, long-sleeve top on nights in the 40s F/4-8° C; and inside the Nemo Riff 30 in similar temps in the Escalante and on nights down to the upper 30s in Glacier. But facing chillier nights in Aravaipa, I used the Sierra Designs Mobile Mummy 15F/-9C on this air mat and stayed perfectly warm wearing just a T-shirt, underwear, and socks on one night that dropped to just above freezing.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Using the Pump Sack to inflate the Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite NXT air mattress.
Using the Pump Sack to inflate the Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite NXT air mattress.

The XLite NXT looks good in direct comparisons with other top three-season air mats of key metrics like thickness, weight, and packability. At three inches/7.6cm thick (a half inch fatter than the previous XLite), it matches some competitors that are slightly heavier and exceeds the very short list of air mats that are lighter. As someone who’s been sleeping on the ground for more than three decades and is done with pads that aren’t comfortable—and I’m always looking to review air mats that hit a nice balance of comfort and low weight and bulk—I’m happy to say I slept quite soundly on the XLite NXT.

And yet, this ultralight pad weighs in at 13 ounces/370g (regular) and measures 9×4.1 inches/23x10cm stuffed (regular), roughly the dimensions of a one-liter water bottle. That’s a nice weight-to-comfort ratio. As a five-foot, eight-inch side sleeper who curls up a bit, I found the regular short length (20×66 inches/51x168cm) perfectly fine for me—and I’ll take that weight savings when it comes with no comfort penalty.

Click here now to plan your next great backpacking adventure using my expert e-books.

The Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite NXT air mattress's WingLock valve.
The Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite NXT air mattress’s WingLock valve.

The XLite NXT uses ThermaCapture technology to radiate body heat back to you and a Triangular Core Matrix, consisting of two stacked layers of triangular baffles to create a stable surface and minimize heat loss; Therm-a-Rest says it’s six times quieter than the previous XLite generation. The result is an R-value of 4.5, meaning it’s warm enough for shoulder-season adventures and temps around or below freezing—it even approaches the level of insulation adequate for temps well below freezing and sleeping on snow or frozen ground, which is an R-value of 5 or higher.

That puts the XLite NXT at the leading edge for warmth-to-weight ratio.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

The Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite NXT air mattress's WingLock valve.
The Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite NXT air mattress.

Using the voluminous Therm-a-Rest Pump Sack (included) to inflate the air mat eases that process, although it doesn’t necessarily speed it up, unless you’re quite fast at repeatedly opening the sack to let air inside and then rolling it up tight to force that air into the air mattress. I often found it faster to the XLite NXT by simply blowing into the valve, which requires about 15 to 20 strong breaths, whereas using the air bag took me several minutes. Either way, inflating it is aided by the efficiency of the one-way WingLock valve, which Therm-a-Rest says cuts the inflation time by two-thirds; a simple turn of the valve’s “wings” deflates it almost instantly.

The 30-denier ripstop nylon fabric, with durable TPU laminate, offers greater protection from punctures than some lightweight air mats have.

The Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite NXT MAX ($230-$250, 1 lb. 3 oz./540g) is a rectangular version available in two sizes, both 25 inches/64cm wide and from 72 to 77 inches/183-196cm long.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

The Verdict

Hitting a sweet spot for comfort and packability, at one of the lowest weights and highest warmth-to-weight ratios you’ll find in a three-season air mattress, the Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite NXT sets a new standard for ultralight air mats.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite NXT at cascadedesigns.com, backcountry.com, or rei.com, or the Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite NXT MAX at cascadedesigns.com, backcountry.com, or rei.com.

See all reviews of air mattresses, sleeping bags, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside, plus “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips For Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my stories “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be,” “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” and “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-book versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

See all stories with expert backpacking tips at The Big Outside.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all my reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-therm-a-rest-neoair-xlite-nxt-air-mattress/feed/ 0 59591
Review: Mountain Hardwear Phantom 30 Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mountain-hardwear-phantom-30-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mountain-hardwear-phantom-30-sleeping-bag/#respond Wed, 28 Jun 2023 02:26:44 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=59377 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Sleeping Bag
Mountain Hardwear Phantom 30
$580, 1 lb. 6 oz./624g (unisex regular, 72-inch)
Sizes: unisex short ($440), regular, long ($480)
backcountry.com

Look at specs when shopping for a high-quality, ultralight, three-season sleeping bag and you might quickly trim your short list to about five models, all at basically similar weights and price points. But having slept in most of those top bags—and after sleeping in Mountain Hardwear’s Phantom 30 on cool nights on backpacking trips from a section of the Arizona Trail in the first days of April and camping at Idaho’s City of Rocks in June to the Canadian Rockies and Wind River Range in August—I place the Phantom 30 among the two or (maybe) three very best ultralight mummy bags for its strategic balance between low weight and excellent warmth. Here’s why.

I slept oblivious to the air temp wearing just underwear and a light T-shirt or a midweight, long-sleeve top on nights in the 40s F/4-8° C on several trips: for three nights in the Wind River Range in mid-August, where we had a lot of wind every night; for a total of four nights on the Skyline Trail in Jasper National Park and the Nigel, Cataract, and Cline Passes Route in the White Goat Wilderness of the Canadian Rockies in early August; while backpacking a section of the Arizona Trail along the Gila River in the first days of April; and camping at Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve in June. In the White Goat Wilderness, we had very heavy dew both nights that soaked our tents inside and out, with the condensation inside getting our bag shells wet but not appearing to affect this bag’s warmth or loft at all.

On another, five-night hike through the Winds in early September, I had two nights around freezing, when I had to wear a wool hat and fleece hoodie and stuff my down jacket into the foot end of my Phantom 30 to keep my feet warm; those measures made the bag warm enough for me to sleep, but I don’t get cold easily and I think many users would not want to push this (or virtually any 30-degree bag) to its limit.

Beyond its status as one of the perhaps five very lightest mummy bags you’ll find in this temperature rating category, the Phantom 30 compares in weight to the lightest and nicest ultralight backpacking quilts.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Mountain Hardwear Phantom 30 sleeping bag.
The Mountain Hardwear Phantom 30 sleeping bag.

But I’d argue it’s one of the two or three best ultralight mummy bags for its excellent balance of both low weight and warmth for a bag rated around freezing. That comes down to a key material in Hardwear’s Phantom series bags: the 850-fill down, very nearly the highest fill rating found in sleeping bags (and only six percent less warmth and loft per ounce/gram compared to 900-fill down). That lends the Phantom a top-of-the-charts warmth-to-weight ratio and packability among ultralight sleeping bags.

Also, the bag contains 10 ounces/284 grams of down fill (in the regular), giving the Phantom a fat four inches of loft. That translates to the Phantom 30 weighing a few ounces more than the very lightest bags with this temp rating—but also delivering noticeably more warmth. That means you can push this bag to its temp rating—or lower—without regret (unless you normally sleep cold; see my “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” for tips on that.)

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail,
in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

The Mountain Hardwear Phantom 30 sleeping bag.
The Mountain Hardwear Phantom 30 sleeping bag.

That helped keep me warm—even, at times, keeping the bag partly unzipped because I felt too warm—on nights that fell into the temperature range most backpackers will encounter in summer in mid-latitude mountains and in spring and fall in the desert Southwest. As someone who sleeps relatively warm, I’d confidently take this bag out on trips with expected overnight lows around freezing and slightly below (adding some clothing layers as needed).

The adjustable hood‘s face gasket closes evenly and comfortably around my face and head when I want to burrow deeply inside the bag, while the draft collar and tube along the zipper protected me from chilly air outside.The lightweight, anti-snag, two-way zipper has a nice pull tab for grabbing even with light gloves on and never caught on shell fabric.

The Phantom’s dimensions reflect a design priority for minimizing weight and packed volume, measuring 58 ins./147cm at the shoulders and 52 ins./132cm at the hips, and the standard 72 inches/182cm long (regular bag); and while Hardwear does not provide a girth measurement at the foot box, I found there’s plenty of space to move my feet around and stuff a little extra clothing down there to boost insulation and keep that clothing warm for morning.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

The Mountain Hardwear Phantom 30 sleeping bag.
The Mountain Hardwear Phantom 30 sleeping bag.

Overall, at five feet, eight inches and about 150 pounds, I found the regular Phantom 30 certainly efficient in its internal space but also more than roomy enough—for a mummy bag. I believe unisex sizing makes sense in sleeping bags because body shapes and sizes vary greatly within genders as much as between genders. That said, larger or wider people might prefer a bag with more generous dimensions.

The regular Phantom measures just 6×13 ins./15x33cm in its compression stuff sack (2.5 oz./71g), which outweighs standard stuff sacks by perhaps an ounce but delivers added value of $15 to $30 (the cost of buying a compression sack separately) and makes the bag more packable.

The 100 percent recycled, 10-denier ripstop nylon shell with a DWR (durable, water-repellent treatment), among the lightest fabrics used in bags, is adequately durable for normal use with some care.

Mountain Hardwear also offers the Phantom 15 ($580-$610, 2 lbs. 1 oz./941g) and Phantom 0 ($700-$740, 2 lbs. 11 oz./1162g). See my review of the Mountain Hardwear Phantom 0 sleeping bag.

Mountain Hardwear Phantom 30

Warmth for its Weight
Warmth When Wet
Space
Packability
Features

The Verdict

For its excellent balance between very low weight and warmth that bests many competitors with the same temp rating, the Mountain Hardwear Phantom 30 has earned its status as one of the very best ultralight mummy bags for backpacking.

4.2

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a unisex Mountain Hardwear Phantom 30 at backcountry.com or rei.com, or any other Phantom bag model at backcountry.com or rei.com.

See all reviews of sleeping bags and all reviews of backpacking gear at The Big Outside, and my “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

And don’t miss my picks for “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mountain-hardwear-phantom-30-sleeping-bag/feed/ 0 59377
Review: Sierra Designs Mobile Mummy 15F/-9C Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sierra-designs-mobile-mummy-15f-9c-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sierra-designs-mobile-mummy-15f-9c-sleeping-bag/#respond Thu, 18 May 2023 16:24:03 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=58654 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Sleeping Bag
Sierra Designs Mobile Mummy
$319, 2 lbs. 8 oz. (men’s regular)
Sizes: men’s regular and long ($290) and women’s ($300)
sierradesigns.com

Stepping out of my tent on our first morning in Arizona’s Aravaipa Canyon in the first week of April, I was greeted by an air temperature barely above freezing and a steady wind sailing through our camp at about 20 to 30 miles per hour. So I reacted in the only way that made sense: I wore my sleeping bag in camp. And I could do that and walk around easily (while my friends assumed postures of cold discomfort wearing their down jackets outside—or simply stayed in their tent) because my bag was the Sierra Designs Mobile Mummy 15° F/-9° C.

I stayed warm wearing the Mobile Mummy 15° F/-9° C around camp on evenings and mornings in those temps and slept in quite comfortably in it—not even having to always zip it up completely while wearing just a T-shirt, underwear, and socks—on nights ranging from just above freezing to the low 40s Fahrenheit. I also slept under the stars very warmly zipped up inside the Mobile Mummy on a late September night in the upper 30s in Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve. My wife found it more than warm enough on four nights backpacking in late summer in the Wind River Range, where the lows dropped into the 40s F—the kind of temps for which she prefers a 15- or 20-degree bag because she gets cold easily—and in similar temps for a total of four nights on three-day hikes on both the Skyline Trail in Jasper National Park and the Nigel, Cataract, and Cline Passes Route in the White Goat Wilderness of the Canadian Rockies in early August. In the White Goat Wilderness, we had very heavy dew both nights that soaked our tents inside and out, with the condensation inside getting our bag shells wet but not appearing to affect this bag’s warmth or loft at all.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Sierra Designs Mobile Mummy 15° F/-9° C sleeping bag.
The Sierra Designs Mobile Mummy 15° F/-9° C sleeping bag.

After removing it from their product line for nearly four years, Sierra Designs has brought back the Mobile Mummy (which I’ve reviewed in its previous version), updating it with 55 percent partially recycled, 20-denier nylon ripstop fabric with a PFC-free, durable, water repellent treatment (DWR). That 20-denier fabric is heavier and more durable than what you’ll see in many backpacking sleeping bags.

Remaining unchanged in the Mobile Mummy are its long, two-way center zipper extending to the footbox and the zipper-less armholes with overlapping flaps to seal out drafts while sleeping. The center zipper is not only great forside sleepers, it makes sense for most users and I’ve long wondered why that’s not standard in most backpacking sleeping bags. The armholes, of course, enable you to extend your arms outside the bag while wearing it.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life. Click here now to learn more.

The Sierra Designs Mobile Mummy 15° F/-9° C sleeping bag.
The Sierra Designs Mobile Mummy 15° F/-9° C sleeping bag.

But understand that you still need a layer with warm sleeves on cold mornings—which means that a Mobile Mummy may not necessarily replace an insulated jacket, but it may allow you to bring a lighter jacket that’s augmented by this wearable bag. (You also may need an insulated jacket during the daytime or while on the trail and you can’t wear the Mobile Mummy for that—it would be far too warm and it doesn’t give your legs enough freedom of movement for real hiking.)

Most distinctively, when unzipped from the bottom end, the Mobile Mummy’s footbox can be lifted up and toggled to the outer shell so you can wear is like a very long down parka, even walking around camp in it. That’s why it made sense for SD to make the Mobile Mummy for sub-freezing temps (or even above freezing for users who get cold easily): On mild backcountry nights, you don’t need a wearable sleeping bag.

Stuffed with 18.6 oz./525g (in the men’s regular) of 800-fill power, water-resistant DriDown, the bag carries an ISO comfort rating of 27° F/-3° C and a limit rating of 16° F/-9° C. That high-quality down makes the bag reasonably warm for its weight and more packable than down bags with a lower fill rating and virtually any synthetic sleeping bag. The wide, front zipper draft tube is reinforced with stiff fabric to preclude any possibility of snagging, as are the ample draft tubes at the hood and armholes.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

With a fit length of 72 ins./183cm and circumferences of 60 ins./147cm at the shoulders, 58 ins./147cm at the hips, and 40 ins./102cm at the feet (men’s regular), the bag feels adequately roomy even as its mummy shape remains heat-efficient and minimizes bulk when packed.

The non-adjustable hood (read: no cords in your face when sleeping on your side) features enough elasticity for a snug closure around your head and face and to move with your head even with the front zipper quite open—as it did for me flopping from side to side during nights. That conveniently eliminates the step of closing and opening the hood when entering and exiting the bag; and by just opening the front zipper a few inches, you can easily push the hood off your head when needed.

The bag packs into a stuff sack measuring 8×16 ins./20.3×40.6 cm, which is compact for a bag this warm. It’s also available in a men’s long and a women’s model. 

Sierra Designs Mobile Mummy 15° F/-9° C

Warmth for its Weight
Warmth When Wet
Space
Packability
Features

The Verdict

The ability to wear the Sierra Designs Mobile Mummy 15° F/-9° C makes it one of the most versatile sleeping bags for backpacking, but its warmth, moderate weight, high-quality down, center zipper, and comfortable dimensions and hood offer more good reasons to get one.

4.2

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Sierra Designs Mobile Mummy 15F/-9C at sierradesigns.com or rei.com.

See all reviews of sleeping bags and all reviews of backpacking gear at The Big Outside, and my “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

And don’t miss my picks for “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton, and other parks using my expert e-guides.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Wilderness Backpacking Trip,” “10 Tricks for Making Hiking and Backpacking Easier,” and “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-book versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Wilderness Backpacking Trip,” the 10 tricks for making hiking and backpacking easier, and the lightweight backpacking guide without having a paid membership.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sierra-designs-mobile-mummy-15f-9c-sleeping-bag/feed/ 0 58654
Review: Nemo Tensor Insulated Air Mattress https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-nemo-tensor-insulated-air-mattress/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-nemo-tensor-insulated-air-mattress/#comments Tue, 11 Oct 2022 15:02:06 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=54923 Read on

]]>
Insulated Air Mattress
Nemo Tensor Insulated Air Mattress
$200, 13 oz. (regular mummy, not including stuff sack or pump bag)
Sizes: four sizes from 20×72 inches to 25×76 inches
backcountry.com

The search for the right backpacking air mattress tends to boil down to two competing objectives: finding a mat with the lowest possible weight without compromising on comfort. And different people will define comfort differently—thus affecting the weight of their air mat choice. But many backpackers and other users may find Nemo’s Tensor Insulated hits a sweet balance between those competing objectives, as I did sleeping on it for eight nights on a nearly 130-mile, August hike through the High Sierra, much of it on the John Muir Trail, and for four nights in early September in the Wind River Range.

On both trips, I slept in the Sierra Designs Cloud 35 and the Therm-a-Rest Hyperion 32 bags and our coldest nights dipped into the 40s F. I also slept on the Tensor Insulated air mat under the stars very warmly zipped up inside the Sierra Designs Mobile Mummy 15° F/-9° C bag on a late September night in the upper 30s in Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve. And my wife slept on the Tensor (and in the Mobile Mummy 15° F/-9° C) for a total of four nights on three-day hikes on both the Skyline Trail in Jasper National Park and the Nigel, Cataract, and Cline Passes Route in the White Goat Wilderness of the Canadian Rockies.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Nemo Tensor Insulated Air Mattress.
Nemo Tensor Insulated Air Mattress.

Three inches thick, the Tensor’s undulating lateral Spaceframe baffles and low-stretch, die-cut trusses to minimize springiness create a nicely cushioned bed with good stability: I flop around during the night but never bounced or rolled off the air mat. To the contrary, even though it’s not one of the thickest backpacking air mats out there, I found it quite comfortable, with hipbones and elbows never bottoming out on the hard ground.

Nemo rates the Tensor Insulated to 15 to 25 degrees Fahrenheit, thanks to its notably quiet PrimaLoft synthetic insulation and a new, continuous TPU film inside to prevent convective heat loss.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail, in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

Using the Vortex pump sack to inflate the Nemo Tensor Insulated Air Mattress.
I’m breathing air into the Vortex pump sack to partly fill it, then roll up the sack to inflate the Nemo Tensor Insulated Air Mattress.

Those updates elevated the air mat’s R-value to 4.2, meaning it delivers significantly more insulation from a cold ground than the previous generation of the Tensor Insulated, which was rated 3.5. That means this air mat is now legitimately warm enough for shoulder-season adventures and temps around and below freezing—although you’d probably want a higher R-value air mat for temps well below freezing and sleeping on snow or frozen ground—and Nemo achieved this without the mat gaining weight. The uninsulated Tensor’s R-value also went up, from 1.6 to 2.5, making it more suitable for cool nights but not temperatures dropping near freezing.

At 13 ounces for the insulated regular mummy air mat and a pound packed (including the Vortex pump sack and staff sack), the Tensor weighs in lighter than many competitors with comparable comfort and dimensions; and it measures a compact 3×8 inches/20×7.5cm packed, slightly larger than a liter bottle, taking up noticeably less space in a backpack than heavier air mats.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

The Nemo Tensor Insulated Air Mattress valve.
The Nemo Tensor Insulated Air Mattress valve.

The two-piece Laylow valve, with separate valve flaps for inflating and deflating, make both chores a breeze and deflation almost instantaneous. The Vortex pump sack that comes with the Tensor lets you employ the Bernoulli effect to quickly inflate the mat by blowing a light breath into the open sack and rolling the air into the mat (several times)—much easier than making yourself dizzy blowing air directly through the valve and minimizing moisture entering the air mat. The Vortex sack adds little weight to the package and has a shape and size that makes it a bit faster inflating an air mat than other such pump sacks I’ve used.

Lastly, the updated Tensor’s 100 percent recycled and bluesign-certified, 20-denier polyester fabric on top and bottom is likely not as puncture-resistant as some air mats that use a heavier fabric, but it offers durability that compares with many ultralight models.

The Tensor series comes in four models each in both insulated and non-insulated: regular and regular mummy, both 20×72 inches, and wide (25×72) and long wide (25×76) versions.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

The Verdict

Comfortable, notably quiet, lightweight, and packable, the Nemo Tensor Insulated Air Mattress will appeal to many backpackers and other backcountry travelers who want an ultralight air mat that doesn’t compromise on comfort.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase any model of the Nemo Tensor Insulated Air Mattress or the non-insulated versions at backcountry.com.

See all reviews of air mattresses, sleeping bags, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside, plus my “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all my reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-nemo-tensor-insulated-air-mattress/feed/ 2 54923
Review: Sierra Designs Cloud 35 Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sierra-designs-cloud-800-35-degree-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sierra-designs-cloud-800-35-degree-sleeping-bag/#respond Sun, 21 Aug 2022 11:29:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=45404 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Sleeping Bag
Sierra Designs Cloud 35
$300, 1 lb. 7 oz. (men’s regular)
Sizes: men’s regular and long (35- and 20-degree), women’s 20-degree (one size)
sierradesigns.com

Mummy-style sleeping bags deliver high warmth efficiency for their weight because they trap heat so well—but can sometimes feel like they’re trapping you inside, too. Backpacking quilts mimic the feeling of sleeping under a comforter at home, but may too easily let cold air underneath on chilly nights outdoors. With its zipperless design and integrated comforter in the bag’s upper half, the Sierra Designs Cloud 35 bag achieves the strengths of mummies and quilts without their weaknesses.

I slept in the ultralight men’s Cloud 35-degree for eight nights on a backpacking trip of nearly 130 miles through the High Sierra in August, mostly on the John Muir Trail, with lows often in the 40s Fahrenheit and strong wind; for four nights that ranged from the high 40s to near 60° F on a 78-mile backpacking trip on the Wonderland Trail around Mount Rainier in early September; and on five nights of camping in Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve in June and early October, with lows down to the 40s—staying quite warm wrapped inside the bag in temps not far above its EN comfort rating of 36° F/2° C. The 35-degree bag has an EN limit rating of 26° F/-3° C.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Sierra Designs Cloud 800 35-Degree sleeping bag.
The Sierra Designs Cloud 800 35-Degree sleeping bag with comforter flap open.

Weighing just under 1.5 pounds, the Cloud 35 has a good warmth-to-weight ratio, thanks to being stuffed with 9.5 ounces of PFC-free, 800-fill, water-resistant Dridown down (in the regular, 10.4 ounces in the men’s long, and 20.5 ounces in the women’s 20-degree version). That high-quality down also makes the 35-degree bag very packable, stuffing to 13×7 inches or smaller.

Most unique about the Cloud bags is their zipperless, comforter-style design with a crescent-shaped flap on the upper half of the bag that you can flip to one side or wrap around your torso like a blanket. The comforter flap’s crescent shape maintains some tension on the flap to keep it from opening up while you sleep, and an insulated shoulder pocket at the flap’s upper corner helps keep it wrapped around you.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life. Click here now to learn more.

 

The Sierra Designs Cloud 800 35-Degree sleeping bag.
The Sierra Designs Cloud 800 35-Degree sleeping bag with comforter flap closed.

The design’s benefits include much easier ventilation and exiting the bag—no fumbling with a zipper in the middle of the night—and a sleeping experience more like lying in your bed than squeezed inside a zipped-up mummy bag. The single flap also reduces bag weight compared to having two overlapping flaps.

The Sierra Designs Cloud 800 35-Degree sleeping bag foot box.
The Sierra Designs Cloud 800 35-Degree sleeping bag foot box.

While not as secure as a zipper, the flap mostly stayed wrapped around me unless I turned a lot. As a side sleeper, I found the flap, not surprisingly, stayed in place over me better when I slept on the side where the flap opens, with a hand in the shoulder pocket to hold the flap in place, than when I slept on my opposite side, where the flap and shoulder pocket could slip off my elevated shoulder. On a night that I slept under the stars and the wind blew hard most of the night, it did continually blow the flap off me unless I slept on the same side, with my hand securing the flap closed.

The Cloud 35’s dimensions of 60 inches at the shoulders, 58 inches at the hips, and 40 inches at the feet (men’s regular) offer unusually spacious dimensions for moving around—again, replicating a sleeping experience closer to your bed at home than a mummy bag.

The adjustable hood snugged fairly well around my head on cooler nights. You can insert a 20-inch-wide air mattress into the half-length fitted sleeve on the bag’s bottom side to keep from sliding off the mat—although that prevents side sleepers from turning the bag (and its hood) with their body. The 15-denier shell fabric has enough durability for normal use, but avoid catching this lightweight fabric on sharp edges.

The Sierra Designs Cloud 20 ($340, 1 lb. 15 oz.) comes in both men’s and women’s versions; the women’s bag comes in one size with a length of 74 inches and differs from the men’s primarily in the amount and placement of the down fill.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

Sierra Designs Cloud 35

Warmth for its Weight
Warmth When Wet
Space
Packability
Features

The Verdict

Stuffed with high-quality, 800-fill, water-resistant Dridown, the zipperless Sierra Designs Cloud 35 and Cloud 20 bags carve out a unique niche among sleeping bags for backpacking with exceptional comfort along with good warmth and packability for their weight.

4.1

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Sierra Designs Cloud 35-degree or Cloud 20-degree bag at sierradesigns.com.

Was this review helpful? If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?

Thank you.

See all of my reviews of sleeping bags that I like and all of my reviews of backpacking gear, and my articles “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Wilderness Backpacking Trip,” “10 Tricks for Making Hiking and Backpacking Easier,” and “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Wilderness Backpacking Trip,” the 10 tricks for making hiking and backpacking easier, and the lightweight backpacking guide without having a paid membership.

Tell me what you think.

If you enjoyed this story, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons at right, and leave a comment or question at the bottom. I’d really appreciate it.

 

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sierra-designs-cloud-800-35-degree-sleeping-bag/feed/ 0 45404
Review: Therm-a-Rest Parsec 32 Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-therm-a-rest-parsec-32-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-therm-a-rest-parsec-32-sleeping-bag/#respond Fri, 29 Apr 2022 11:33:41 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=52606 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Sleeping Bag
Therm-a-Rest Parsec 32
$400, 1 lb. 9 oz. (regular)
Sizes: unisex small, regular, and long
moosejaw.com

It was an amazing spot to sleep under the stars for our last night on an early-April backpacking trip in the Grand Canyon: perched on a plateau high above the Inner Gorge of the Colorado River, gazing across the canyon at the Tonto Plateau and South Rim. We waited until dusk had nearly faded to darkness to lay out our sleeping bags atop our completely exposed, flat cowboy-camping ledges, hoping the relentless, strong wind would abate with evening’s arrival and not threaten to launch our bags to New Mexico—but it didn’t. So I burrowed inside my Therm-a-Rest Parsec 32 for warmth—and only opened my eyes once or twice briefly during the night, enough to glimpse the brilliant glow of the Milky Way.

I stayed perfectly warm sleeping in this bag under the stars (no tent) for five nights on a six-day backpacking trip in the Grand Canyon in April, with lows in the 40s and low 50s F and strong winds some nights that made it feel chillier than the ambient air temps. That experience aligns with the Parsec 32’s EN temperature ratings of 41° F comfort, 32° F limit, and 5° F extreme.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Therm-a-Rest Parsec 32 sleeping bag hood.
The Therm-a-Rest Parsec 32 sleeping bag hood.

It’s warm enough for typical overnight temps of summer in most mid-latitude mountain ranges or spring and fall in the Southwest canyon country except for people who tend to get cold more easily.

This bag’s nearly 12 ounces of PFC-free, 800-fill down creates four inches of loft, complemented by a warm, adjustable hood that closes snugly around your head and face, plus a draft collar and zipper tube and the thermal efficiency of a mummy design. Therm-a-Rest says the water-resistant Nikwax Hydrophobic Down absorbs 90 percent less water and dries three times faster than untreated, standard down feathers.

In practice, that translates to the Parsec delivering the good warmth-to-weight ratio of high-quality down while also not losing loft (read: warmth) if exposed to moisture on, say, a rainy, multi-day trip with constantly damp air (even inside a tent).

Click here now to plan your next great backpacking adventure using my expert e-guides.

 

The Therm-a-Rest Parsec 32 sleeping bag foot end.
The Therm-a-Rest Parsec 32 sleeping bag foot end.

The bag’s zoned insulation places more down on top than the bottom—not necessarily desirable for side sleepers, but I’m one and my back never felt cold.

The 100 percent recycled, 20-denier shell and lining offer a bit more durability than the 10- and 15-denier fabric used in many ultralight bags at only a slight weight penalty. The shell has a DWR (durable, water-repellent treatment). The two-way, anti-snag zipper, backed by thick fabric strips on both sides, never gets stuck.

At just over one-and-a-half pounds, it weighs less than many similarly rated competitors—and yet it provides a comfortably roomy sleeping experience with dimensions of 62 inches at the shoulders, 57 inches at the waist, and 46 inches at the feet plus a length of 80 inches (in the regular). I never felt constrained shifting around inside this bag.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

The Therm-a-Rest Parsec 32 sleeping bag stuffed.
The Therm-a-Rest Parsec 32 sleeping bag stuffed.

The sizing is unisex: Therm-a-Rest no longer makes bags in men’s and women’s models. My take on that is that sleeping bags aren’t boots or packs—gender simply doesn’t matter that much when it comes to a sleeping bag. My wife gets cold very easily and she has virtually always slept in a men’s bag over the 30 years we’ve backpacked together (because I regularly have new bags to test). Her comfort in a bag has less to do with its contours than how warm it is—period.  

Like all Therm-a-Rest sleeping bags, the Parsec comes with a compression stuff sack and easily packs inside it, squishing down to just slightly larger than a bread loaf at 6×8.5 inches.

Therm-a-Rest Parsec 32

Warmth for its Weight
Warmth When Wet
Space
Packability
Features

The Verdict

Lighter and more packable than many bags with the same temp rating, the Therm-a-Rest Parsec 32 delivers good warmth and comfortable space for three-season backpacking, and offers the added value of water-resistant down, at a lower price than top-rated ultralight bags that are just ounces lighter.

4.5

For colder temps or cold sleepers, there’s also the warmer Parsec 20 ($450, 1 lb. 12 oz., regular) and Parsec 0 ($530, 2 lbs. 6 oz., regular).

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Therm-a-Rest Parsec 32 at moosejaw.com or thermarest.com, or any of the warmer bags in the Parsec series at backcountry.com, moosejaw.com, or thermarest.com.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and gear discounts!

 

Want an even lighter three-season bag? See my reviews of the Therm-a-Rest Hyperion 32F, Sierra Designs Cloud 35, and Feathered Friends men’s Hummingbird UL 30 and women’s Egret UL 30.

See all reviews of sleeping bags that I like and all reviews of backpacking gear, and my articles “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

And don’t miss my picks for “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

 

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Was this review helpful?
If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?
Please also consider sharing it using one of the buttons at right and leaving a comment or question at the bottom. Thank you, I really appreciate it.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-therm-a-rest-parsec-32-sleeping-bag/feed/ 0 52606
Review: Mountain Hardwear Bishop Pass 30F Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mountain-hardwear-bishop-pass-30f-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mountain-hardwear-bishop-pass-30f-sleeping-bag/#respond Tue, 19 Apr 2022 19:35:25 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=52419 Read on

]]>
Sleeping Bag
Mountain Hardwear Bishop Pass 30F/-1C
$265, 1 lb. 12 oz. (regular, 72-inch)
Sizes: men’s and women’s regular and long
backcountry.com

On the second night of a four-day, roughly 50-mile backpacking trip in Yosemite in the last week of September, when nights dipped into the 40s Fahrenheit, I laid my bag and pad out under the stars, without a tent, in one of the neatest spots I’ve ever slept outside: on a dry granite slab between two braids of a creek, lulled by a tiny cascade just a few steps from my head. And all night, a strong, cool wind blew down that creek valley, prompting me to zip deeply inside the Bishop Pass 30F/-1C. Despite that wind chill, I stayed warm and slept like a baby.

Besides that Yosemite trip, I also slept in it this bag on a calm night outside under the stars in early June in Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve, with temps in the 40s.

A mummy bag packed with 12 ounces of RDS-certified, flourine-free, 650-fill down, the Bishop Pass sports a confidence-inspiring four inches of loft: It’s warm enough for typical overnight temps of summer in most mid-latitude mountain ranges or spring and fall in the Southwest canyon country except for people who tend to get cold more easily.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Mountain Hardwear Bishop Pass 30 sleeping bag.
The Mountain Hardwear Bishop Pass 30 sleeping bag.

Draft tubes around the face opening and along the zipper’s full length help trap heat, making the bag more efficient. The two-way zipper allows venting the bag from the top and bottom and is backed by strips of heavy-duty fabric that’s impossible to snag in the zipper.

The men’s regular bag measures a roomy 62 inches at the shoulders, 53 inches at the hips, and 86 inches long; although Hardwear doesn’t provide a circumference measure for the foot box, I found it has a comfortable amount of space, not feeling cramped on my lower legs. Similarly, the adjustable hood closes neatly around the face and head.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

The Mountain Hardwear Bishop Pass 30 foot end.
The Mountain Hardwear Bishop Pass 30 foot end.

The 10-denier shell helps minimize the bag’s weight but that’s as lig ht as bag shells get—15- or 20-denier fabric is more common—and it has a DWR to repel moisture. Exercising reasonable care not to catch it on any sharp points—like sticks or rock edges if sleeping under the stars—will prevent accidental tears. It also has convenient details like a zipper pull that glows and an internal stash pocket.

No, the Bishop Pass does not match the high warmth-to-weight ratio of bags with a higher-quality down (800-fill and higher). But at under two pounds, with a stuffed size of 7×13.5 inches/18x34cm/7.8 liters (regular, which fits people up to six feet tall), it’s still reasonably lightweight and packable for backpacking.

Plus, while bags with higher-quality, 800- to 900+-fill down offer more warmth and packability for their weight, they also often cost upwards of twice as much or more than bags in the Bishop Pass series (when comparing models at the same temp rating).

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

Mountain Hardwear Bishop Pass 30

Warmth for its Weight
Warmth When Wet
Space
Packability
Features

The Verdict

The Mountain Hardwear Bishop Pass 30F/-1C sleeping bag delivers good warmth and comfort for many three-season backpackers while remaining under two pounds—and saving you $100 to $200 or more compared to high-end down bags.

3.6

For colder temps or cold sleepers, there’s also the Mountain Hardwear Bishop Pass 15F ($305, 2 lbs. 8 oz. regular) and Bishop Pass 0F ($355, 3 lbs. 7 oz. regular), both in men’s and women’s models, and Gore-Tex shell versions of the 15F ($385, 2 lbs. 10 oz. regular) and 0F bags ($470, 3 lbs. 9 oz. regular).

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or a women’s Mountain Hardwear Bishop Pass 30F at backcountry.com, or other versions of the men’s and women’s Bishop Pass bags at backcountry.com.

See all of my reviews of sleeping bags that I like and all of my reviews of backpacking gear, and my articles “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

And don’t miss my picks for “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Click here now to plan your next great backpacking adventure using my expert e-guides.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mountain-hardwear-bishop-pass-30f-sleeping-bag/feed/ 0 52419
Review: Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Extreme Insulated Air Mattress https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sea-to-summit-ether-light-xt-extreme-insulated-air-mattress/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sea-to-summit-ether-light-xt-extreme-insulated-air-mattress/#respond Thu, 10 Feb 2022 17:58:33 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=50799 Read on

]]>
Insulated Air Mattress
Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Extreme Insulated Air Mattress
$230, 1 lb. 9 oz. (unisex regular)
Sizes: four unisex and two women’s sizes
backcountry.com

On several nights in early winter, as temperatures slipped into the teens and single digits Fahrenheit outside my tent on the snow on two separate trips in Idaho’s Boise and Boulder Mountains, I zipped up snugly inside my sleeping bag and lay on this fat, well-insulated air mattress, briefly considering that I might feel cold before morning. And every morning, I awoke after sleeping longer and later than I normally do in my bed at home, feeling incredibly well rested and realizing my 0-degree bag combined with this air mat were only pushed to their limits (for me) when the temps dropped to within a few ticks of 0° F.

While the bag I used certainly gets some credit for my comfort on those frigid nights (read my review of that sleeping bag), it’s a well-known fact that, ounce-for-ounce, the air mattress underneath you delivers more insulative value than your bag—especially on snow or frozen ground, which can quickly drain your body heat.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Sea to Summit Ether Light Extreme Insulated Air Mattress.
The Sea to Summit Ether Light Extreme Insulated Air Mattress.

The outdoor industry has, since January 2020, employed a new standard test, ASTM F3340-18, to measure R-value—or how well an air mat or any kind of sleeping pad insulates against cold ground to prevent convective heat loss from your body. Only air mats with a minimum R-value of 4.5 to 5 are adequate for sleeping outside on frozen ground with below-freezing air temperatures.

The Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Extreme Insulated Air Mattress performs well in those conditions thanks to Thermolite hollow-core insulation, which lofts inside the mat, giving its four unisex versions an R-value of 6.2, warm enough for sleeping on frozen ground in temps well below freezing. The women’s-specific Ether Light XT Extreme versions have additional Thermolite insulation, giving them a 6.3 R-value. Few air mats have an R-value that high—although two Therm-a-Rest models have a 6.9 R-value, the NeoAir X-Therm (read my review) and the NeoAir X-Therm MAX. Both also cost about $30 more but are significantly lighter and more compact than the Ether Light XT Extreme—though not, I think, as comfortable.

A fat four inches/10cm thick, the Ether Light series of air mats incorporates the brand’s Air Sprung Cells, made with a matrix of interconnected air chambers that individually conform to your body. Mimicking a pocket-spring mattress in the way they distribute your body weight and prevent hipbones or shoulders from bottoming out on the hard ground, those cells create a sleeping experience that feels more like a bed than lying atop a big, flat balloon.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

Sea to Summit Airstream Pump stuff sack.
Sea to Summit Airstream Pump stuff sack.

The Air Sprung Cells also use internal TPU fabric loops to bind the top and bottom layers of shell fabric, enabling more spacing between cells and more air pockets, all of which translates to more cushioning and less weight.

At 21.7 inches/55cm wide at the shoulders and tapering to 16.5 inches/42cm at the foot, the regular Ether Light XT Extreme provides a bit more width than standard regular-size air mats—I never felt like I was on the edge, about to roll off. The six-foot/184cm length is standard for regular-size backcountry air mats. The women’s-specific Ether Light XT Extreme versions are less than an inch wider, six inches shorter, and a bit lighter in the two sizes.

The Ether Light’s two-piece valve has separate ports for inflating and deflating, and deflating takes just a few seconds and makes for a much easier and faster method of packing up the air mat.

The 30-denier and 40-denier face fabric is more durable than some air mats and features extruded lamination and an anti-microbial treatment to inhibit fungal growth inside the mat, both features helping to extend the mat’s life.

The latter is most likely to come from inflating the mat with your breath, but that can be avoided by using Sea to Summit’s Airstream Pump stuff sack (2.2 oz.), which comes with the Ether Light air mats. It allows you to efficiently inflate the mat by blowing a light breath into the open sack and rolling the air into the mat—a much easier experience than making yourself dizzy blowing air directly through the valve. S2S says you use 80 percent fewer breaths, a time and energy saver that also reduces moisture entering the mat—even more important in sub-freezing temperatures, when it will dry out less easily.

Still, I found it requires repeatedly filling and rolling the bag, which becomes a bit tedious. I have substituted the larger and much faster Exped Schnozzel PumpBag UL bag ($39, 2 oz.), which doubles as an ultralight stuff sack for clothing, too.

The Pillow Lock is a nice feature that consists of non-stick patches applied after purchase (peeling and sticking them into place where indicated on the mat) that hold a pillow in place while you’re sleeping.

For its dimensions and R-value, the Ether Light XT Extreme is relatively light and compact at barely more than 1.5 pounds (regular size) and measuring 6.9×9.4 inches/17.5x24cm packed, slightly larger than a football.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

The Verdict

Exceptionally comfortable and highly insulated while remaining reasonably lightweight and packable for a winter air mattress, the Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Extreme Insulated Air Mattress will appeal to many backpackers, climbers, backcountry skiers and other adventurers who sleep on snow or frozen ground.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a unisex or women’s Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Extreme Insulated Air Mattress at backcountry.com or seatosummit.com.

For three-season backpacking, see my review of the Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Air Mattress.

See all of my reviews of air mattresses, backpacking gear, and sleeping bags at The Big Outside, and my articles “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all my reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Click here now to plan your next great backpacking adventure using my expert e-guides.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sea-to-summit-ether-light-xt-extreme-insulated-air-mattress/feed/ 0 50799
Review: Mountain Hardwear Phantom 0 Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mountain-hardwear-phantom-0-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mountain-hardwear-phantom-0-sleeping-bag/#comments Sat, 05 Feb 2022 00:29:42 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=50718 Read on

]]>
Winter Sleeping Bag
Mountain Hardwear Phantom 0
$710, 2 lbs. 9 oz./1162g (regular, 72-inch)
Sizes: short, regular, long
backcountry.com

The forecast made me sit up and wonder: Will my bag be warm enough? For the three nights in late December that I planned to spend in a tent in Idaho’s Boise Mountains, lows would drop into the teens and single digits Fahrenheit—slipping below the “comfort” rating and approaching the “limit” rating of my Mountain Hardwear Phantom 0. And this on my maiden voyage with the bag; I had not used it yet. As it turned out, I had nothing to worry about with this extraordinarily warm and packable, ultralight winter sleeping bag.

I found the Phantom 0 impressively warm even on a night that plunged to 3° F—10 degrees below its EN comfort rating of 13F/-11C and near its 0F/-18C limit rating. And yet, I slumbered comfortably wearing only midweight top and bottom layers and warm socks, adding a wool hat only during the night. I have long observed, as a warm sleeper rather than a cold sleeper, that only the highest-quality down bags will keep me warm down to their temp rating. (I didn’t have nights in this bag anywhere near the Phantom 0’s bone marrow-thickening extreme rating of -38F/-39C.)

One defining metric tells much of the Phantom 0’s story: A bountiful 30 ounces of 850-fill-power goose down constitutes three-fourths of the bag’s total weight. Stuffed fat with nearly the highest-quality down on the market (there are a few bag models with down rated at 900-fill) explains this bag’s two major advantages: a sky-high warmth-to-weight ratio and excellent packability.(The down quality also partly explains the price.) Even after being compressed for hours, this fat bag lofts up quickly.

Not only does the Phantom 0 have a greater fill weight and lower total weight than many bags in this temperature-rating category, but at about 2.5 pounds, it weighs no more than many 600-fill down bags that carry an EN limit rating of 20F. Plus, it packs down to 8.25 ins./21cm x 16.5 ins./42cm. Sold with a compression stuff sack included (3.5 oz.), the Phantom 0 compresses as compactly as some 20-degree down and synthetic bags. It bears noting the obvious point that I’m drawing comparisons between the Phantom 0 and bags that are in an entirely different class for warmth.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Mountain Hardwear Phantom 0 sleeping bag.
Mountain Hardwear Phantom 0 sleeping bag.

As anyone who has carried a heavy and bulky bag (something I have done) knows from experience, weight and bulk are a big deal when you’re talking about a winter bag. Any attempt at keeping a multi-day pack manageably lightweight in winter goes out the window if your bag’s weight soars toward four pounds and, when stuffed, it occupies a disproportionate share of your pack’s volume.

Other features making this a very warm bag include a fat draft collar and face gasket and a draft tube inside the zipper to efficiently trap heat; a mummy cut for efficiency trapping heat; and a four-chamber hood, which keeps the insulation from migrating, creating cold spots. I found the hood adjusts easily to form a close fit around my face and can be closed up to a small breathing hole on really cold nights.

Apropos for a winter bag, this mummy has good space inside for fitting extra clothing at your feet (to boost insulation around the part of your body that can get cold quickly), with an 86-inch length—but just as important, respectable space around your torso, with a relatively roomy 58 inches of girth at the shoulders and 52 inches at the hips (all measurements for the size regular bag). I stuffed a very warm down jacket, unzipped and open, inside the bag with me and never felt too cramped—but that comfort may vary between individuals (I’m 5’8’’, 155 pounds, with a 38-inch chest and 30-inch waist).

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

Mountain Hardwear Phantom 0 sleeping bag.
Mountain Hardwear Phantom 0 sleeping bag foot box.

The contoured footbox also has space to pack some extra layers around feet—and allows your feet to assume a natural position when sleeping. The two-way zipper enables ventilating from either end—although I’ll never have to ventilate my feet in winter, I suppose some people might—and its zipper pull glows in the dark.

The DWR-treated, 10-denier nylon Ghost ripstop shell fabric contributes to making the bag more compressible but is at the lighter end of bag fabrics, so take care not to let it contact any sharp objects. The lining is made with recycled, 20-denier nylon taffeta.

Other Phantom versions include the highly water-resistant Phantom 0 Gore-Tex Windstopper shell ($760, 3 lbs. 7 oz., regular), the Phantom 15 ($520, 2 lbs., regular), and the Phantom 30 ($510, 1 lb. 5 oz., regular).

A tip: Get the Gore-Tex shell only if you plan to sleep without a shelter and may get snowed on. A Windstopper shell will keep much of that external moisture out of the bag’s insulation; but if you’re in a tent, most of the moisture penetrating the insulation is likely to come from your body, and you’re better off with the standard ripstop shell, which will allow that body moisture to exit the bag more quickly than Windstopper.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

Mountain Hardwear Phantom 0

Warmth for its Weight
Warmth When Wet
Space
Packability
Features

The Verdict

Among the warmest and most packable ultralight sleeping bags in its temperature rating, with comfortable space inside and a nice hood and other features, the Mountain Hardwear Phantom 0 ranks among the very best bags for winter backpackers or campers, mountaineers, and people on chilly, three-season trips who need extra warmth even on nights that won’t approach the Phantom’s comfort or limit ratings.

4

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the Mountain Hardwear Phantom 0 at backcountry.com, or other versions of the Phantom at backcountry.com or rei.com.

See all of my reviews of sleeping bags that I like and all of my reviews of backpacking gear, and my articles “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Click here now to plan your next great backpacking adventure using my expert e-guides.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mountain-hardwear-phantom-0-sleeping-bag/feed/ 2 50718
Review: Nemo Riff 30 Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-nemo-riff-30-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-nemo-riff-30-sleeping-bag/#respond Wed, 20 Oct 2021 14:31:21 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=48525 Read on

]]>
Sleeping Bag
Nemo Riff 30
$360, 2 lbs. 1 oz. (men’s regular)
Sizes: men’s and women’s regular and long
backcountry.com

Let’s face it: Sleeping in a lightweight or ultralight mummy bag isn’t so deliciously comfy that you’d do it on your bed at home—we generally reserve that elusive pleasure for the more obvious rewards of backpacking through wilderness. But the space and features of Nemo’s Riff, available in models rated to 30 and 15 degrees, just might brighten your opinion of the comfort of bags designed for the backcountry.

I slept in the men’s Riff 30 (inside a tent) for two rainy, raw, and windy August nights around 40° F backpacking in Wyoming’s Wind River Range, staying perfectly warm without ever having to completely mummy myself inside the bag; and in the same temps for four nights backpacking through Washington’s Pasayten Wilderness in September and on two cold, very windy nights in a tent in June in Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Nemo Riff 30 Thermo Gills.
Nemo Riff 30 Thermo Gills.

The Riff’s unique, spoon-shaped cut translates to thermal and weight efficiency while creating extra space at the elbows and knees—particularly nice for side sleepers (like me). The girth in the men’s regular length measures a generous 62 inches at the shoulders, tapers to 54 inches at the hips, and expands to 59 inches at the feet, creating a comfortably roomy sleeping environment compared to other ultralight bags. The women’s regular also sports spacious dimensions of 60, 53, and 57 inches at the shoulders, hips, and feet.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail, in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

Nemo Riff 30 sleeping bag.
Nemo Riff 30 sleeping bag.

Besides its spacious fit, the Riff sports other features designed to enhance comfort, beginning with the brand’s signature Thermo Gills, parallel zippers over your torso that open to uninsulated fabric, allow venting without letting cold air inside. The insulated Blanket Fold flap at the chin provides extra cover when you open the top of the bag and a fat piece of extra insulation when you zip it up tight, augmenting the full-length draft tube inside the zipper. An integrated pillow pocket can be stuffed with clothing or a Nemo Fillo pillow.

Weighing just a tick over two pounds (men’s regular) and stuffed with 10 ounces of PFC-free, RDS-certified, 800-fill down, the Riff has very good warmth for its weight and a packed size of 11.5×7.5 inches in its stuff sack, comparable to other 800-fill bags. The bag’s hydrophobic down also repels moisture, meaning it still traps heat efficiently when wet—the traditional weakness of standard down—and dries faster. The adjustable hood closes comfortably around my head, boosting warmth on colder nights.

The 40-denier nylon ripstop shell fabric throughout the bag adds a little weight but significantly more durability than the 15- or 20-denier fabric used in many backpacking bags, and the footbox has a DWR (durable, water-repellent treatment) to prevent condensation on the tent wall from dampening that end of the bag. The beefy no. 5 YKK zipper moves smoothly and won’t stick or fail as easily as lighter zippers. The left zipper in men’s bags and right zipper in women’s bags allow zipping two bags together.

The Nemo Riff 15 ($400, 2 lbs. 6 oz. regular), in men’s and women’s models, provides added warmth for shoulder seasons or people who tend to sleep cold.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

Nemo Riff 30 foot box.
Nemo Riff 30 foot box.

Nemo Riff 30

Warmth for its Weight
Warmth When Wet
Space
Packability
Features

The Verdict

Granted, you may not start sleeping in the Riff on your bed at home. But for backcountry nights, the Nemo Riff 30 and Riff 15 both provide a level of comfort that rises above many competitors in its weight class, while remaining lightweight and packable.

4.3

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Nemo Riff 30 or Riff 15 at moosejaw.com or backcountry.com, a men’s Nemo Riff 30 or Riff 15 at nemoequipment.com, or a women’s Nemo Riff 30 or Riff 15 at nemoequipment.com.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

 

See all of my reviews of sleeping bags that I like and all of my reviews of backpacking gear, and my articles “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

And don’t miss my picks for “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Was this review helpful?
If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?
Please also consider sharing it using one of the buttons at right and leaving a comment or question at the bottom. Thank you, I really appreciate it.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-nemo-riff-30-sleeping-bag/feed/ 0 48525
Review: Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Insulated Air Mattress https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sea-to-summit-ether-light-xt-insulated-air-mattress/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sea-to-summit-ether-light-xt-insulated-air-mattress/#respond Wed, 30 Jun 2021 11:36:10 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=46681 Read on

]]>
Insulated Air Mattress
Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Insulated Air Mattress
$199, 17.3 oz. (regular)
Sizes: five unisex and two women’s-specific sizes
backcountry.com

What makes us sleep so well in the backcountry? I contemplated that question after numerous, very peaceful nights of deep slumber on a river trip and three backpacking trips. Certainly, the deep quiet and being outdoors matter. But I must give a nod to the comfort of Sea to Summit’s Ether Light XT, my bed for all those nights—an air mat with an interesting back story of the technology behind my blissful nights on the ground.

I tested the regular Ether Light XT while backpacking four nights in the Pasayten Wilderness in September, two nights in the Wind River Range in August, four nights in The Maze District of Canyonlands National Park in March, two nights on southern Utah’s Owl and Fish canyons loop in early May, three nights in southwest Colorado’s San Juan Mountains in August, and on five nights beside the gently whispering Green River on a rafting and kayaking trip through Desolation and Gray canyons in June.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Insulated Air Mattress
Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Insulated Air Mattress

A fat four inches/10cm thick, the Ether Light series of air mats incorporates the brand’s Air Sprung Cells, made with a matrix of interconnected air chambers that individually conform to your body. Mimicking a pocket-spring mattress in the way they distribute your body weight and prevent hipbones or shoulders from bottoming out on the hard ground, those cells create a sleeping experience that feels more like a bed than lying atop a big, flat balloon.

The Air Sprung Cells also use internal TPU fabric loops to bind the top and bottom layers of shell fabric, enabling more spacing between cells and more air pockets, all of which translates to more cushioning and less weight. At 21.5 inches/55cm wide at the shoulders and 16.5 inches/42cm at the foot, the regular Ether Light XT provides a bit more width than standard regular-size air mats—I never felt like I was on the edge, about to roll off. The six-foot/184cm length is standard for regular-size backcountry air mats.

Considering its dimensions, the Ether Light XT is relatively light at barely more than a pound in the regular and measures 4.5×9.5 inches/11x24cm packed, slightly larger than a liter bottle.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton, and other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Insulated Air Mattress
Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Insulated Air Mattress

The mat features two types of insulation: Exkin Platinum, a quiet, non-woven fabric with a metalized layer that reflects the body’s radiant heat; and Thermolite, a hollow-core insulation that lofts inside the mat to prevent convective heat loss, giving the Ether Light XT’s five unisex sizes an R-value of 3.2, warm enough for three-season trips in the mountains. The two women’s-specific sizes are slightly wider and have additional Thermolite insulation, giving them a 3.5 R-value.

In The Maze District in the first week of March, three of our nights had lows ranging from the high teens to the mid-20s Fahrenheit and I remained entirely warm and comfortable—even sleeping in a 30-degree bag (the freakishly warm and ultralight Feathered Friends Hummingbird)—clearly at least in part because the Ether Light XT provided solid insulation from a cold (though not frozen) ground.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Insulated Air Mattress Airstream Pump stuff sack.
Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Insulated Air Mattress Airstream Pump stuff sack.

The two-piece valve has separate ports for inflating and deflating, and deflating takes literally a few seconds and makes for a much easier and faster method of packing up the air mat.

Sea to Summit’s Airstream Pump stuff sack employs the Bernoulli effect to efficiently inflate the mat by blowing a light breath into the open sack and rolling the air into the mat—a much easier experience than making yourself dizzy blowing air directly through the valve. S2S says you use 80 percent less breaths, a time and energy saver that also minimizes the amount of breath moisture entering the mat. I’ve always found air mats vastly easier to inflate using a stuff sack in this way. The Airstream stuff sack opens at both ends—one for the bag for inflating, the other end for the mat itself.

I found it requires filling and rolling the Airstream Pump stuff sack eight or nine times to inflate the Ether Light XT fully—which can feel a little tedious. I substituted the larger and faster Exped Schnozzel PumpBag UL bag ($39, 2 oz.) and only had to fill and roll it three times. The Schnozzel can double as an ultralight stuff sack for clothing, too.

The 30-denier and 40-denier face fabric is more durable than some air mats and features extruded lamination and an anti-microbial treatment to inhibit fungal growth inside the mat, both features helping to extend the mat’s life. The Pillow Lock consists of non-stick patches applied after purchase (peeling and sticking them into place where indicated on the mat) that hold a pillow in place while you’re sleeping.

Sea to Summit’s Ether Light XT Extreme insulated air mat ($200, 1 lb. 9 oz.) has more insulation, boosting the R-value to 6.2, for use in sub-freezing temps.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

 

Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Insulated Air Mattress

Comfort
Weight-to-Performance Ratio
Packability
Durability

The Verdict

Extraordinarily comfortable and still fairly lightweight and packable, the Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Insulated Air Mattress will appeal to many backpackers and other backcountry travelers who like their wilderness with a chaser of solid sleep.

4.4

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase any model of the Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Insulated Air Mattress or the Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Extreme Insulated Air Mattress at backcountry.com or seatosummit.com.

See all of my reviews of air mattresses, backpacking gear, and sleeping bags at The Big Outside, and my articles “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

Was this review helpful?

If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?

Please also consider sharing it using one of the buttons at right and leaving a comment or question at the bottom. Thank you, I really appreciate it.

 

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all my reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sea-to-summit-ether-light-xt-insulated-air-mattress/feed/ 0 46681
Review: Feathered Friends Hummingbird and Egret UL Sleeping Bags https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-feathered-friends-hummingbird-and-egret-ul-sleeping-bags/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-feathered-friends-hummingbird-and-egret-ul-sleeping-bags/#respond Wed, 29 Jul 2020 13:49:21 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=40489 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Sleeping Bags
Feathered Friends Hummingbird UL and Egret UL 30/20
$609, 1 lb. 5 oz. (men’s regular 30-degree)
Sizes: men’s regular and long, women’s small and medium
featheredfriends.com

Sleeping bags often look very much alike—until you spend a night inside one and carry it in a backpack. That’s when the differences emerge, and besides price, those differences generally fall somewhere along a continuum where a bag’s warmth and comfort go up or down in proportion to its weight and packed size—and balancing those competing metrics gets tricky. But for many backpackers seeking the most warmth and comfort with the least weight and bulk, the Feathered Friends men’s Hummingbird UL and women’s Egret UL, both available in 30- and 20-degree versions, strike a near perfect balance for three-season adventures.

I slept in the men’s Hummingbird UL 30 on a six-day backpacking trip in Utah’s High Uintas Wilderness and a four-day hike on Nevada’s Ruby Crest Trail, both in July; on a seven-day, 96-mile hike of Wyoming’s Wind River High Route, where I stayed warm zipped up inside the bag on two nights near freezing—testing the bag’s rating—with the hood up and wearing just underwear and a long-sleeve top; and one early-summer night at 8,200 feet under the stars in Idaho’s Sawtooth National Forest, with the low temperatures around 40° F on several nights.

I also used it on a five-day backpacking trip in the first week of March in The Maze District of Canyonlands National Park, where we had a few nights in the mid-20s Fahrenheit—and while some people would get cold pushing a bag below its temp rating limit, the fact that I remained comfortable in the Hummingbird UL 30 while wearing two warm top layers and long underwear is a testament to this bag’s beaucoup insulation and adequate warmth right down to its temp rating for many people.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Feathered Friends Hummingbird UL 30.
Feathered Friends Hummingbird UL 30.

Weighing in under 1.5 pounds, the Hummingbird UL 30’s very high warmth-to-weight ratio is attributable to it being generously stuffed with 11.5 ounces of 950+-fill down (in the regular, 12 ounces in the long)—the highest-quality down available. Those very light feathers mean the bag lofts up fat when laid out—fatter than some bags rated for even colder temps—and packs down to a relatively small eight liters in its stuff sack and could probably get even tighter in a compression sack.

While the Hummingbird and Egret do not use water-resistant down, as is found in some high-end bags today, consider this: Water-resistant down increases the cost of any bag, and unless you’re taking extended trips in chronically wet environments—or you worry that somehow your tent may fail, or you’re not sleeping in a tent—you probably don’t need it. (My high overall score for the Hummingbird and Egret, below, is made lower by the fact that the bag will not keep you warm if it gets very wet—the typical performance of standard down. If that doesn’t matter to you, your evaluation of the bag’s overall performance will likely be higher.)

The warmth is bolstered by a fully and easily adjustable hood that closed comfortably around my head on colder nights, plus draft tubes at the zipper and collar. A full-length, two-way zipper with locking sliders on the Hummingbird (and Egret UL) not only permits controlled ventilation of the bag, it allowed me to open it up completely and use it like a quilt, with my feet tucked warmly into the foot box and the bag lying open atop me. The zipper doesn’t move quite as smoothly as some lighter zippers, but that’s a reasonable tradeoff for better durability and the locking mechanism.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life. Click here now to learn more.

 

Feathered Friends Hummingbird UL 30 hood.
Feathered Friends Hummingbird UL 30 hood.

Some ultralight bags shave grams through trimming the bag’s dimensions, making it feel like being shrink-wrapped. Not so with the Hummingbird: Its dimensions of 58 inches at the shoulders, 52 inches at the hips, and a more snug 38 inches at the feet let me move around, partly extend my arms when sleeping on my side, and bring my knees up to my chest (useful for dressing inside a bag on a cold morning and just a very visual measure of a bag’s spaciousness). Similarly, the women’s Egret UL measures 54 inches at the shoulders, 56 inches at the hips, and 38 inches at the feet.

The 15-denier Pertex Endurance shell fabric on the Hummingbird and Egret sheds light moisture—such as condensation dripping inside a tent, or a short period of light rain if you’re sleeping outside—and has enough durability for normal use, but be careful not to catch this lightweight fabric on sharp edges.

The Hummingbird UL 20 is negligibly heavier and bulkier ($569, 1 lb. 8 oz. for the regular; $589, 1 lb. 9 oz. for the long). The same goes for the women’s Egret UL 20 ($549, 1 lb. 10 oz. for the small; $569, 1 lb. 11 oz. for the medium) compared to the Egret UL 30 ($489, 1 lb. 8 oz. for the small; $509, 1 lb. 9 oz. for the medium).

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

Feathered Friends Hummingbird UL 30 draft tube.
Feathered Friends Hummingbird UL 30 draft tube.

Wondering whether to get the 30-degree or 20-degree bag? These bags have enough down to match their temp ratings, but if you usually sleep relatively warm (as I do), I think you’ll find the UL 30 bags adequately warm for three-season trips where the low temps don’t drop below freezing. If you tend to get cold easily, get a 20-degree bag. See more tips on that in my articles “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

Would you prefer an extra-roomy, high-end down bag? The men’s Feathered Friends Swallow UL 30 ($479, 1 lb. 9 oz., regular) has dimensions of 60-56-38 inches and is otherwise identical to the Hummingbird UL, with 950+-fill down and a 15-denier Pertex Endurance ripstop nylon shell, and there’s also a Feathered Friends Swallow UL 20 ($559, 1 lb. 11 oz., regular).

Click here now to plan your next great backpacking adventure using my downloadable, expert e-guides.

 

FEATHERED FRIENDS HUMMINGBIRD AND EGRET UL SLEEPING BAGS

Warmth for its Weight
Warmth When Wet
Space
Packability
Features

The Verdict

Generously stuffed with the highest-quality, 950+-fill down, the Feathered Friends men’s Hummingbird UL 30/20 and women’s Egret UL 30/20 sleeping bags deliver superior warmth for their weight, making them among the best three-season down bags on the market.

4.2

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these links to purchase a Feathered Friends Hummingbird UL 30 or 20 at featheredfriends.com, a women’s Egret UL 30 or 20 at featheredfriends.com, or a men’s Swallow UL 30 or 20 at featheredfriends.com.

Was this review helpful? If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?

Thank you.

 

See all of my reviews of sleeping bags that I like and all of my reviews of backpacking gear, and my articles “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Wilderness Backpacking Trip,” “10 Tricks for Making Hiking and Backpacking Easier,” and “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Wilderness Backpacking Trip,” the 10 tricks for making hiking and backpacking easier, and the lightweight backpacking guide without having a paid membership.

Tell me what you think.

If you enjoyed this story, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons at right, and leave a comment or question at the bottom. I’d really appreciate it.

 

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-feathered-friends-hummingbird-and-egret-ul-sleeping-bags/feed/ 0 40489
Review: Feathered Friends Snowbunting EX 0 Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-feathered-friends-snowbunting-ex-0-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-feathered-friends-snowbunting-ex-0-sleeping-bag/#respond Tue, 31 Dec 2019 11:00:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=21384 Read on

]]>
Winter Sleeping Bag
Feathered Friends Snowbunting EX 0
$789, 2 lbs. 12 oz. (regular)
Sizes: regular and long ($644)
featheredfriends.com

On chilly nights of camping, nothing’s more popular than a fat sleeping bag. When sleeping outside in winter—or wintry temperatures—the Snowbunting EX 0 has become my bag of choice. Most recently, I slumbered peacefully and quite comfortably through three December nights without a tent outside a backcountry yurt in Idaho’s Boise Mountains—one of those nights dropping into the single digits Fahrenheit, and another featuring several hours of snow falling intermittently directly onto my bag, inside which I remained quite warm and dry. Super warm and well built, at a moderate weight, this bag functions well, depending on the user, for trips in temps from around its 0-degree rating to around freezing.

When my 15-year-old son and I took turns testing out this bag and another winter bag for three nights on a climb of the Mountaineers Route on California’s 14,505-foot Mount Whitney in mid-April, and for three nights in February sleeping under the stars in Idaho’s Boise Mountains, he was always eager to relieve me of the Snowbunting EX 0. Little wonder, given how warm it is. Another tester also found it warm enough for single-digit temperatures on December nights in Idaho’s Boulder Mountains.

With a low in the single digits—just barely above the Snowbunting’s rating—and no tent under a clear, starry sky, I was toasty cocooned inside this bag, wearing just one base layer top and bottoms. On nights with temps as low as the teens on Mount Whitney, this bag was more than warm enough for me; I left the hood mostly open and sometimes opened the top of the zipper a bit. I sleep warm, so it was too warm for me in temps around freezing. But my wife, who gets cold very easily, found this bag’s warmth just right on a backpacking and car camping trip in March in southeastern Utah, with lows from the 40s to below freezing.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip. Please follow my adventures on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and Youtube.


 

Feathered Friends Snowbunting EX 0 sleeping bag.
Feathered Friends Snowbunting EX 0 sleeping bag.

The Snowbunting EX 0 is stuffed generously with 25 ounces of 900-fill down (in the regular), the highest quality of down produced, which explains the bag’s high warmth-to-weight ratio. Continuous horizontal baffles enwrapping the bag allow you to shift down to where you need it (although I don’t because I roll side to side, with the bag, during the night), while preventing down from migrating vertically (lengthwise) in the bag and potentially creating cold spots.

The well-insulated hood is plush and adjusts from wide open to blowhole-tight, while a fat collar and draft tube along the beefy zipper shut out drafts. (I’ve read other reviews that criticized the hood as a bit shallow, but I found it deep and spacious enough, even to wear a warm hat comfortably—as long as I wasn’t positioned too high in the bag.) The snap at the top of the zipper is more secure and possibly more durable than a hook-and-loop strip, and a second snap conveniently joins the collar draft tube ends at the top of the zipper.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

High camp at 12,000 feet below Mount Whitney.
Our high camp at 12,000 feet below Mount Whitney. Click on photo to read the story.

This is a true mummy bag, with a trim fit: The circumference is 60 inches at the shoulders, 56 inches at the waist, and 38 inches at the feet. That makes it more thermally efficient—it’s so warm in part because there’s less space to heat up than in a roomier bag. Still, at five feet, eight inches, and 160 pounds, I found the regular actually not as confining as some ultralight bags I’ve used: I sleep on my side and could extend my arms almost completely. I wore one base layer top and bottoms, but also experimented and found I could wear a midsize puffy jacket inside the bag without it feeling cramped.

The waterproof-breathable Pertex Shield EX laminate shell fabric with a DWR (durable, water-repellent treatment) kept me dry inside through hours of intermittently falling snow that accumulated atop the bag while I slept. The shell shakes off dripping condensation inside a tent while also breathing well enough that the bag never got clammy on “milder” nights around freezing. That breathability is especially important for preventing moisture from your body building up inside a bag on longer, sub-freezing trips, which would slowly make the bag heavier and compromise the down’s warmth. The 15-denier shell fabric is common in lightweight bags, but be careful to avoid sharp edges or points.

Does the environment matter to you? Read the sustainability story behind the down used by Feathered Friends at featheredfriends.com/down-tracker.

Feathered Friends Snowbunting EX 0

Warmth for its Weight
Warmth When Wet
Space
Packability
Features

The Verdict

You’ll be hard-pressed to find a 0-degree bag under three pounds at a better price or warmer than this one. And with a weight and stuffed dimensions (7.5×14 inches) that compare with many bags rated around 20 degrees, the Snowbunting EX 0 is versatile enough for winter camping and expeditions to big mountains, as well as chilly three-season backpacking trips for someone who needs extra warmth without extra weight or bulk.

4

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a Feathered Friends Snowbunting EX 0 at featheredfriends.com.

Was this review helpful? If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?

Thank you.

 

See all of my reviews of winter sleeping bags and all of my reviews of sleeping bags that I like, and all of my reviews of backpacking gear, plus my articles “Pro Tips: How to Choose a Sleeping Bag” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

See also my “12 Pro Tips For Staying Warm Outdoors in Winter.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

 

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures. Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-feathered-friends-snowbunting-ex-0-sleeping-bag/feed/ 0 21384
Review: Therm-a-Rest NeoAir UberLite Air Mattress https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-therm-a-rest-neoair-uberlite-air-mattress/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-therm-a-rest-neoair-uberlite-air-mattress/#comments Tue, 30 Jul 2019 09:00:07 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=34708 Read on

]]>
Insulated Air Mattress
Therm-a-Rest NeoAir UberLite
$230, 9 oz. (regular, 20×72 inches, in its stuff sack)
Sizes: small (20×47 ins., $140), regular (20×72 ins.), regular wide (25×72 ins.), large (25×77 ins., $210)
backcountry.com

As I was loading my backpack at the start of a six-day, 74-mile backpacking trip in the Grand Canyon, I smiled as I held the stuffed Therm-a-Rest NeoAir UberLite air mattress in my hand; call me a gear geek, but unusually small ultralight backpacking gear just has that effect on me. One of my hiking mates glanced over and said, “Is that your air mattress?!” Yea, it’s that tiny. And if you’re serious about reducing your pack weight—as any backpacker should be—you should be taking a serious look at the NeoAir Uberlite. Here’s why.

I used the NeoAir UberLite on that Grand Canyon backpacking trip, when the coolest nights dropped to only around 50° F, and on nights that dipped into the high 30s both on a three-day hike on the Teton Crest Trail in August and while camping in Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve in May; on the latter two trips, I was warm enough pairing this air mat with a 32-degree bag (the Therm-a-Rest Hyperion 32). I also used the Uberlite on subsequent trips, including another six-day, mid-April hike on the Grand Canyon’s Gems Route.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


With 2.5 inches of thickness, it delivers comfort comparable to many of the best backcountry air mats. I’ve found it comfortable either inflated to its maximum or to within one or two breaths of maximum inflation. In fact, on some nights when it lost a little inflation overnight—I suspect due to the air inside it cooling down, because there was no leak from the air mat—I didn’t notice it because my hipbones still didn’t hit hard ground when sleeping on my side.

Therm-a-Rest NeoAir UberLite air mattress.
Therm-a-Rest NeoAir UberLite air mattress.

At 8.8 oz. (without its included stuff sack), weighing 3.2 ounces less than the previous ultralight standard-bearer, Therm-a-Rest’s NeoAir XLite, it sets a new ultralight standard for air mattresses with enough insulation for camping in usual summer temperatures in the mountains (at mid-latitudes such as the U.S., most of Canada, and Europe), and it packs down smaller than a liter bottle at 6×3.5 ins./15x9cm.

Therm-a-Rest NeoAir UberLite air mattress stuffed.
Therm-a-Rest NeoAir UberLite air mattress stuffed.

With an R-value of 2.0, the UberLite won’t be quite as warm as the XLite (which has an R-value of 3.2), but it may be a little quieter.

One caveat: While all air mats are susceptible to suffering pinhole leaks that can be hard to find and patch in the field, the NeoAir Uberlite’s 15-denier nylon fabric is lighter than you’ll find in most air mats (including the 12-ounce Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite, which uses 30-denier fabric), so be careful with it. That said, over the course of five nights in the Grand Canyon—an environment notorious for needle-bearing vegetation and sharp rocks—the NeoAir Uberlite sprung no leaks.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

THERM-A-REST NEOAIR UBERLITE AIR MATTRESS

Comfort
Weight-to-Performance Ratio
Packability
Durability

The Verdict

With the Therm-a-Rest NeoAir Uberlite, you get the lightest insulated air mattress without compromising at all on comfort—although perhaps on durability.

4.4

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog by clicking any of these links to purchase a Therm-a-Rest NeoAir UberLite air mattress at backcountry.com or rei.com.

Was this review helpful? If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?

Thank you.

 

See all of my reviews of air mattresses and backpacking gear at The Big Outside, including the ultralight Therm-a-Rest Hyperion 32 sleeping bag and the Therm-a-Rest Air Head Lite inflatable pillow. See also my related articles “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

Tell me what you think.

I spent a lot of time writing this story, so if you enjoyed it, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons at right, and leave a comment or question at the bottom of this story. I’d really appreciate it.

 

Want to make your pack lighter and all of your backpacking trips more enjoyable? See my story “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.” If you don’t have a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read part of that story for free, or click here to download that full story without having a paid membership.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures. Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

 

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-therm-a-rest-neoair-uberlite-air-mattress/feed/ 1 34708
Review: Therm-a-Rest Hyperion 32F Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-therm-a-rest-hyperion-32f-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-therm-a-rest-hyperion-32f-sleeping-bag/#comments Wed, 19 Jun 2019 09:05:32 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=34184 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Sleeping Bag
Therm-a-Rest Hyperion 32F/0C
$520, 1 lb. 1 oz. (regular)
Sizes: small, regular, long
cascadedesigns.com

Why spend more money on a sleeping bag? Logical question, of course. But for any backpacker eager to shave a pound or more and significant gear volume from his or her backpack, an ultralight down bag offers one of the best ways of realizing that objective—as well as delivering maximum warmth per ounce. And one of the lightest and most compact bags in this category, Therm-a-Rest’s Hyperion 32F/0C, measured up in every way on a six-day backpacking trip in the Grand Canyon in May; a six-day float trip down Idaho’s Middle Fork of the Salmon River in July; a three-day hike on the Teton Crest Trail and a four-day trip in Idaho’s Sawtooth Mountains, both in August; a five-day, late-summer hike in the Wind River Range; trekking hut-to-hut on New Zealand’s Routeburn and Milford tracks in late spring; and on chilly, rainy spring nights that pushed the bag’s limits camping in May in Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve.

The Hyperion’s EN comfort rating of 41° F/5° C and limit rating of 32° F/0° C fell right in line with my experience: Sleeping in a tent at the City of Rocks on a night that dipped into the high 30s, I was warm enough in underwear, socks, and a warm, long-sleeve top, but felt like the bag was at its comfort limit for me. On the Teton Crest Trail, I also had a night in the high 30s where I needed a top and bottom layer to stay warm. In the Grand Canyon in early May and on the Middle Fork in July, nights only dropped to around 50° F, a temperature for which the bag was comfortable unzipped—although I slept out under the stars most nights on the Middle Fork, and on breezy nights by the water, the air cooled enough for me to zip the bag up and feel perfectly comfortable.

I don’t get cold very easily, so someone who does might not want to push this bag’s—or any bag’s—comfort limit. But given the Hyperion’s extraordinarily low weight, it makes sense and reduces your pack weight even if you need to wear a layer of clothing that you’re carrying, anyway.

Therm-a-Rest-Hyperion-32F/0C sleeping bag.
Therm-a-Rest-Hyperion-32F/0C sleeping bag.

But with just a half-length zipper (for weight savings), you can’t truly open it up and use it as a blanket on very mild nights. Still, I found it quite functional on mild nights unzipping it as far as it opens, tucking my feet and lower legs (which generally do not overheat) inside the bag’s bottom half, and opening the upper bag to use as a blanket over part of my torso.

The bag’s design places 70 percent of the insulation on the top and sides and 30 percent on the bottom/back side—ideal for back sleepers, a bit less so for side sleepers (like me), although my back did not feel noticeably colder. The draft collar and comfortably close-fitting, adjustable hood gave me a nice, snug seal on those chilly nights at the City of Rocks, while the lightweight zipper moves as smoothly as any I’ve seen on a sleeping bag, and doesn’t snag.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Therm-a-Rest-Hyperion-32F/0C sleeping bag.
Therm-a-Rest-Hyperion-32F/0C sleeping bag.

The Hyperion is stuffed with nine ounces (in the regular) of 900-fill down—nearly the highest-rated down you can find—which translates to more warmth and packability than most bags of the same weight (and effectively, since few bags are this light, it’s as warm as bags several ounces to a pound or more heavier). According to Therm-a-Rest, the water-resistant Nikwax Hydrophobic Down used in this bag retains its loft up to 60 times longer, absorbs 90 percent less water, and dries three times faster than standard down. Box-baffled construction uses mesh walls to maximize loft and minimize cold spots, and the ThermaCapture lining features a reflective coating that increases the bag’s thermal efficiency without adding weight or bulk.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up for my FREE email newsletter now.

Therm-a-Rest-Hyperion-32F/0C sleeping bag.
Therm-a-Rest-Hyperion-32F/0C foot end.
Therm-a-Rest-Hyperion-32F/0C bag stuffed.
Therm-a-Rest-Hyperion-32F/0C bag stuffed.

The fit is generous at the hood, shoulders (57-inch girth), and through the hips (49.5-inch girth) for a person of average build, though a little snug in the legs (43-inch girth at the footbox).

The 10-denier ripstop nylon shell fabric, treated with a DWR (durable, water-resistant coating) to repel moisture, is as light as bag shells get—handle it with care to avoid tears—but my bag has seen no damage and shouldn’t with sensible use. Two removable straps on the bag’s bottom side allow integrating it with an air mattress (also most useful for back sleepers).

It comes with a compression stuff sack and packs down to roughly twice the size of a liter bottle—much smaller than most similarly rated bags.

There’s also a Hyperion 20F/-6C version ($550, 1 lb. 6 oz.).

THERM-A-REST HYPERION 32F/0C

Warmth for its Weight
Warmth When Wet
Space
Packability
Features

The Verdict

Among the lightest and most compact down bags, the Therm-a-Rest Hyperion 32F/0C packs a huge warmth-per-ounce ratio and is a good value for ultralighters, thru-hikers, or any backpacker who wants to sleep comfortably at night and carry less weight on the trail.

4.5

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Therm-a-Rest Hyperion 32F/0C sleeping bag at cascadedesigns.com or backcountry.com, or a Therm-a-Rest Hyperion 20F/-6C at cascadedesigns.com or backcountry.com.

See all of my reviews of sleeping bags that I like and all of my reviews of backpacking gear, and my articles “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

Want to make your pack lighter and all of your backpacking trips more enjoyable? See my story A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.” If you don’t have a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read part of that story for free, or click here to download that full story without having a paid membership.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-therm-a-rest-hyperion-32f-sleeping-bag/feed/ 1 34184
Review: The Best Camping Chair, the Helinox Sunset Chair https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-the-best-camping-chair-the-helinox-sunset-chair/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-the-best-camping-chair-the-helinox-sunset-chair/#respond Thu, 06 Jun 2019 09:00:01 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=34171 Read on

]]>
Camping Chair
Helinox Sunset Chair
$150, 3 lbs. 8 oz. (in its stuff sack, included)
Moosejaw.com

I’m picky about camp chairs. That’s partly because I’m prone to lower back pain that can get uncomfortable when I sit for any length of time, but mostly because I camp a lot and appreciate being able to sit comfortably for the hours that I spend in camp. And well before the end of a long weekend camping at Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve, I decided that the Sunset Chair is the most comfortable I’ve ever used—as well as being very lightweight and compact for a chair made for car camping.

The single-shock-cord, DAC aluminum-alloy pole structure makes the Sunset Chair very easy to assemble in about a minute, with the seat fabric sliding into place over the four top points of the frame. Unlike many basic camp chairs, in which you sink into a seat whose fabric sags because the frame lacks the strength to resist an average person’s body weight, the Sunset’s frame retains its shape, which translates to some actual lumbar support while sitting.

In fact, it’s even sturdy enough to support a big person: My friend Fred, an over-six-foot-tall, 200-pounder, found it super comfortable and not at all tippy. Helinox rates the chair to hold 320 pounds.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip. Please follow my adventures on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and Youtube.


 

The seat is a plush 23 inches wide with a generous back height of 38.5 inches—tall enough to rest your head back on the light padding in place for that purpose, and tilted back at a slight reclining angle—whereas many camp chairs (including heavier, bulkier models) have straight backs that are not tall enough to rest your head. The 17.5-inch seat height (off the ground) means you don’t have to be a gymnast to get into or out of it, and it allows a more natural seated body position with the options of leaving legs bent or extended.

The ventilated, 600 weave polyester seat fabric doesn’t feel at all sticky. It dissembles and packs easily into its stuff sack—which converts to a pillow—reducing to a very portable 4.5×5.5×18.5 inches. At three-and-a-half pounds, it compares in bulk and weight to some backpacking tents, so it’s strictly for car camping, not backpacking.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up for my FREE email newsletter now.

 

The Verdict

Light and packable, the Helinox Sunset Chair may be, pound-for-pound, the most comfortable car-camping chair available today.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog by purchasing a Helinox Sunset Chair at Moosejaw.com, rei.com, or campsaver.com, or any of the various Helinox camp chair models available at Moosejaw.com.

Looking for a camp chair that’s light and compact enough for backpacking? See the Helinox Chair Zero in my “Gear Review: 22 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” (scroll down nearly to the bottom of that review), or at moosejaw.com or rei.com.

Tell me what you think.

I spent a lot of time writing this story, so if you enjoyed it, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons at right, and leave a comment or question at the bottom of this story. I’d really appreciate it.

 

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

 

Was this review helpful? Get full access to ALL stories at The Big Outside. Join now and a get free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-the-best-camping-chair-the-helinox-sunset-chair/feed/ 0 34171
Review: Nemo Kyan 20/Azura 20 Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-nemo-kyan-20-azura-20-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-nemo-kyan-20-azura-20-sleeping-bag/#comments Wed, 03 Apr 2019 12:01:24 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=33089 Read on

]]>
Three-Season Sleeping Bag
Nemo Kyan 20/Azura 20
$220, 2 lbs. 3 oz. (men’s regular)
Sizes: men’s and women’s regular and long
Moosejaw.com

From sleeping under the stars in Idaho’s Sawtooth Mountains in August to a six-day backpacking trip on the Continental Divide Trail in Glacier National Park in September, I slept like a baby in Nemo’s Kyan 20. But even more impressive about the men’s Kyan and women’s Azura are the qualities that ensure you won’t lie awake at night questioning your decision to buy this bag: warmth when damp, respectable packability, and a price that seals the deal.

Nemo’s Feathercore construction uses a continuous sheet of Primaloft Silver synthetic insulation—which, like other synthetic insulation, traps heat even when wet—to minimize air flow and heat loss, while maximizing compressibility; the insulation also contains 70 percent post-consumer recycled material. Nemo claims the construction method reduces the bag’s packed volume by 40 percent, making it comparable in packability to affordable down (think: 650-fill power down). Compressing to roughly the size of a soccer ball, it doesn’t have the packability of 800- or 900-fill power down, but it’s also priced like a much more affordable down bag.

 

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up for my FREE email newsletter now.

 

Nemo Kyan 20's Thermo Gills unzipped.
Nemo Kyan 20’s Thermo Gills unzipped.

The bag’s warmth is good, but not exceptional. While I found the Kyan 20 plenty warm enough for nights slipping down into the 30s Fahrenheit in Glacier in September, I need warm base layers top and bottom for temps in the 20s in this bag (and I sleep fairly warm): It’s not quite as warm as the most thermally efficient down bags with a comparable temp rating—but nor is it nearly as expensive as those bags. It was more than warm enough for a night camping under the stars in the Sawtooths in late August with an overnight low in the 40s.

Nemo’s unique Thermo Gills—a pair of long zippers on the top that, when opened, create insulation-free vents (with nylon fabric, not openings into the bag) that release heat for milder nights that aren’t quite warm enough to open up the bag. That’s a smart innovation that Nemo introduced several years ago and has stuck with.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip. Please follow my adventures on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and Youtube.


 

Nemo Kyan 20 top end.
Nemo Kyan 20 top end.

Zipping the Kyan up completely, I found plenty of shoulder and torso room to lie on my side and extend my arms almost fully, while the mid-section and foot box are adequately spacious if not as capacious as the roomiest bags I’ve reviewed—without much contorting, I could bring a knee up to my chest. The generous hood wraps comfortably around my head and has a close fit even without tightening the drawcord, and closes down snugly around my face when I do tighten it.

The full-length, two-way, burly YKK zipper runs silky smooth and never snagged, thanks to a stiffer fabric backing it on the draft tube (which also seals out drafts). The shell is made of 20-denier nylon ripstop with a DWR (durable, water-repellant coating), as found in many lightweight bags; and similarly, the 30-denier nylon taffeta lining is common and comfortable enough against skin.

Bonus: The Kyan and Azura come with a compression stuff sack. The summer versions are the Kyan 35 and women’s Azura 35, both $200 ($220 long), 1 lb. 12 oz. (regular).

The Verdict

A synthetic bag is a smart choice if you routinely sleep in wet climes—and a bag’s insulation doesn’t have to get rained on to get damp, moisture can enter the insulation from your body or humid air inside a tent on a trip with sustained rainy weather. And the Nemo men’s Kyan and women’s Azura offer the warm-when-wet benefit of synthetic insulation with the packability of affordable, mid-quality down—at a super value.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog by clicking any of these links to purchase a Nemo Kyan 20 sleeping bag at moosejaw.com or campsaver.com, a Nemo Azura 20 at moosejaw.com, outdoorplay.com, or rei.com, a Nemo Kyan 35 at backcountry.com, moosejaw.com or rei.com, or a Nemo Azura 35 moosejaw.com or rei.com.

See all of my reviews of sleeping bags that I like and all of my reviews of backpacking gear, and my articles “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

Want to make your pack lighter and all of your backpacking trips more enjoyable? See my story A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.” If you don’t have a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read part of that story for free, or click here to download that full story without having a paid membership.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

 

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures. Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

NEMO KYAN/AZURA 20

Warmth for its Weight
Warmth When Wet
Space
Packability
Value

Summary

The Kyan 20 and Azura 20 have the warm-when-wet benefit of synthetic insulation with the packability of affordable, mid-quality down—at a super value.

4.1
]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-nemo-kyan-20-azura-20-sleeping-bag/feed/ 2 33089
Review: Princeton Tec Vizz Headlamp https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-princeton-tec-vizz-headlamp/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-princeton-tec-vizz-headlamp/#comments Thu, 04 Oct 2018 09:00:13 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=6997 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Headlamp
Princeton Tec Vizz
$50, 3.2 oz. (including three AAA batteries)
outdoorplay.com

NOTE: See my review of the newest version of the Princeton Tec Vizz headlamp.

Long a favorite headlamp of mine for backpacking or climbs or dayhikes that somehow stretched into the wee hours, the Vizz received an update in 2018 that made it the brightest three-ounce headlamp I’ve reviewed (three ounces being the standard in ultralight headlamps these days). The new Vizz still stands out for versatility and ease of use: You don’t need a Ph.D. in electronics to operate it. I’ve used it on numerous trips from Sequoia National Park, Washington’s Glacier Peak Wilderness, and Idaho’s White Clouds Mountains to, most recently, Glacier National Park with the 2018 version of the Vizz, and still consider it one of the best. Here’s why.

For starters, the Vizz has fast, intuitive, one-button operation: Click the power button in rapid sequence to cycle through the two white modes and one red mode, and hold the button down to control the dimming function in all three modes. Hold the power button depressed for several seconds to engage the lockout mode.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up for my FREE email newsletter now.

Princeton Tec Vizz
Princeton Tec Vizz

In high-power mode, the 420-lumen Maxbright LED in the Vizz throws a powerful beam that Princeton Tec claims projects 78 meters (256 feet). When I backpacked to the Big Boulder Lakes in Idaho’s White Clouds Mountains after dark, took a 6.4-mile evening hike from our campsite in the Glacier Peak Wilderness to Image Lake, and wore it walking around a meadow campsite in Glacier National Park, the beam projected at least 200 feet (60 meters).

Two white LED bulbs cast a broad flood beam with a range that PTec claims is 24 meters, or almost 80 feet. I found the blood beam illuminated the forest on both sides of the trail for farther than I needed it to, which is very helpful when hiking or especially running or climbing in the dark. The red mode does not have a strobe option.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Please follow my adventures on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and Youtube.


 

Like many leading ultralight headlamps, the Vizz is rated waterproof down to a meter for 30 minutes (IPX7). It has impressive max burn times of up to 110 hours for the white spot beam, 104 hours for the white flood beam, and 150 hours in red mode. More importantly, its regulated LEDs mean that the Vizz maintains constant brightness for as long as the batteries hold enough voltage, meaning that its brightness does not slowly fade as the batteries lose juice.

The Vizz uses three AAA batteries and is not rechargeable. Turning a small screw opens the battery chamber, and I could loosen and tighten it with my fingers. Lastly, the head strap is comfortable whether on the move or lying on my back reading.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton, and other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

The Verdict

Certainly one of the most powerful ultralight headlamps for dayhikers, backpackers, climbers, trail runners, and backcountry skiers, the Princeton Tec Vizz also delivers good versatility that ranks it among the best headlamps for backcountry users, at a competitive price.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the updated Princeton Tec Vizz 420 at outdoorplay.com or ems.com, or the original Vizz at nrs.com.

Tell me what you think.

I spent a lot of time writing this story, so if you enjoyed it, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons at right, and leave a comment or question at the bottom of this story. I’d really appreciate it.

 

See my other headlamp reviews and all of my reviews of hiking gear and reviews of backpacking gear.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all of my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

 

You live for the outdoors. The Big Outside helps you get out there. Join now and a get free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-princeton-tec-vizz-headlamp/feed/ 1 6997
Gear Review: Petzl Bindi Ultralight Rechargeable Headlamp https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-petzl-bindi-ultralight-rechargeable-headlamp/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-petzl-bindi-ultralight-rechargeable-headlamp/#respond Wed, 03 Oct 2018 09:00:22 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=29340 Read on

]]>
Petzl Bindi ultralight headlamp
Petzl Bindi ultralight headlamp.

Ultralight Rechargeable Headlamp
Petzl Bindi
$60, 1.2 oz./35g
moosejaw.com

To get a backcountry headlamp that’s crazy ultralight, you have to ditch all superfluous parts, stripping it down to only what’s essential—the light and housing. With the rechargeable Bindi, Petzl created a super-ultralight headlamp by shrinking the housing and dropping two elements that comprise much of the weight of many three-ounce headlamps on the market today: the batteries and head strap (the latter replaced with an adjustable, stretch cord). The result is an uber minimalist light that weighs barely more than an ounce and fits in a closed fist, but proved very functional on predawn mornings and dark evenings in camp on a six-day backpacking trip in Glacier National Park in September.

Rechargeable using a micro USB cable, the Bindi has three white brightness levels and a red bulb with proximity and strobe options, and is waterproof to one meter for 30 minutes (IPX4). At 200 lumens, the brightest white beam projects at least 100 feet in my estimation—consistent with Petzl’s claim of 36 meters (118 feet), and competitive with headlamps that weigh three times as much. At medium brightness (100 lumens), the Bindi illuminates a trail well enough for hiking on a dark night, though not for route-finding off-trail. The dimmest white setting (five lumens) is bright enough for reading and tasks within arm’s reach. Red mode is strictly for close-up tasks or stepping outside the tent at night.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up for my FREE email newsletter now.

Petzl Bindi rechargeable ultralight headlamp.
Petzl Bindi rechargeable ultralight headlamp.

White mode casts a flood beam that’s much brighter in its center than on its periphery, which feels very natural whether in camp or moving along a dark trail. Holding the power button toggles between white and red modes. Burn time on a full charge is a relatively limited two hours at max power, three hours at medium, and 50 hours at the dimmest setting. The Bindi reaches a full charge from drained in about four hours when plugged into a wall outlet.

With such a tiny housing (that tilts) and an adjustable cord in lieu of a strap, the Bindi remains entirely stable on your head even while running. I found the adjustable, stretch cord almost unnoticeable even wearing it for a couple of hours in camp, and it fits on my various climbing helmets. Petzl guarantees the Bindi for three years or 300 charging cycles.

The Verdict

While its burn time on a single charge isn’t adequate for adventures when you’re on the move for several hours in the dark, the Bindi functions well for many dayhikes, trail runs, dawn-patrol backcountry ski laps, and relatively short backpacking trips when you have daylight for most waking hours. At this weight, it’s also appealing as a backup, second headlamp. If you’re willing to spend more on a headlamp for ultra-ultralight weight rather than for versatility, the Bindi shines.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog by clicking this link to purchase a Petzl Bindi headlamp at moosejaw.com or ems.com.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Subscribe now to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip. Please follow my adventures on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and Youtube.


See my “Gear Review: The 5 Best Headlamps,” and all of my reviews of headlamps, hiking gear, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all of my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

You live for the outdoors. The Big Outside helps you get out there. Subscribe now and a get free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-petzl-bindi-ultralight-rechargeable-headlamp/feed/ 0 29340
Gear Review: Black Diamond Storm Headlamp https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-black-diamond-storm-headlamp-2/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-black-diamond-storm-headlamp-2/#respond Wed, 08 Aug 2018 09:00:57 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=28782 Read on

]]>
Headlamp
Black Diamond Storm
$50, 3.9 oz. (with 4 AAA batteries, included)
backcountry.com

As darkness and light rain both fell on a partner and I for the last couple of miles of a 27-mile dayhike the length of western Maine’s brutally rugged Mahoosuc Range, I slipped the Storm onto my head—which helped prevent my shuffling and occasional staggering from turning into falling. I also used this ultralight headlamp in campsites from Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve and Yosemite National Park to backpacking the Grand Canyon’s Thunder River-Deer Creek Loop. Through all that field testing, the Storm proved itself one of the best high-performance headlamps on the market today. Here’s why.

Few backcountry headlamps have the Storm’s range of features and power, and perhaps none do at its price. For starters, it sports 350 lumens of power in its two LED bulbs—a very bright spotlight and an excellent LED proximity beam for illuminating a campsite, tent interior, or a map or book page. That’s brighter than most headlamps in this weight class. Night vision mode offers three colors: the most common, red, plus green (useful for hunters because it doesn’t disturb game animals), and blue (which cuts through fog). The Storm is rated IP67, meaning it’s both dustproof and waterproof to one meter for up to 30 minutes.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up for my FREE email newsletter now.

Black Diamond Storm headlamp.
Black Diamond Storm headlamp.

As with other BD headlamps, the Storm has a couple of features I use frequently: Power Tap technology, which allows you to switch instantly between a dimmed level (that you set) and full brightness simply by tapping the side of the casing; and Brightness Memory, which lets you power the light on and off at a chosen brightness level without having to go to full power (draining batteries).

While the instructions can appear complicated at first glance, using the Storm is fairly intuitive; and anyone who’s owned a BD headlamp of recent vintage will find it familiar. Depress the power button once for on-off, twice to change modes—for instance, from spotlight to proximity beam in white, or from red to green to blue when in a night mode. Press it three times to enter strobe for whichever mode it’s in. In any mode, hold it down when turned on to dim and brighten. Hold two seconds to change between white and red LED modes, and double-click in red mode to switch to green and blue; all three colors have a strobe option.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip. Click here to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Follow my adventures on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and Youtube.


Black Diamond Storm headlamp open.
Black Diamond Storm headlamp open.

Like other BD lamps, the Storm locks off by depressing the power button for four seconds (a blue light will blink rapidly for three seconds when it’s locked off)—a very useful feature to prevent accidentally draining your batteries inside your pack.

Operating on four AAA batteries, it has a longer battery life than many ultralight competitors: BD puts it at 40 hours of battery life at high power, and says that’s based on testing battery life down to the threshold of what is considered “usable” light, for which the industry standard (also used by other companies) is 0.25 lux at two meters. At low power, battery life is up to 120 hours, according to BD.

But that leads to a minor drawback of the Storm: Four batteries make it slightly heavier than the lightest headlamps, and it feels a little bulkier on your head. Although it never bobbed, even when hiking fast, runners may find it a little large. A lever lock provides easy access to the battery compartment without requiring a tool. Any rechargeable batteries can be used in the Storm.

Plan your next great backpacking adventure using my downloadable, expert e-guides.
Click here now to learn more.

Whether you’re hiking or descending from a climb after dark, route-finding, starting a dawn-patrol ski run long before sunup, firing up a stove, or just kicking around the campsite at night, the Storm is one of the two or three most versatile, high-performance ultralight headlamps on the market.

At just $10 more than the popular Black Diamond Spot, the Storm has more features and brightness, along with slightly more weight. Some users may not need that enhanced performance. But hard-core wilderness backpackers, climbers, hunters, and ultra-hikers will appreciate the brightness boost, watertight housing, and rangy feature set that can handle any adventure—at a competitive price.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog by clicking any of these links to purchase a Black Diamond Storm headlamp at backcountry.com, moosejaw.com, or ems.com.

Tell me what you think.

I spent a lot of time writing this story, so if you enjoyed it, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons below, and leave a comment or question at the bottom of this story. I’d really appreciate it.

See my “Gear Review: The 5 Best Headlamps,” and all of my reviews of headlamps, hiking gear, and backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all of my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

You live for the outdoors. The Big Outside helps you get out there. Subscribe now and a get free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-black-diamond-storm-headlamp-2/feed/ 0 28782
Gear Review: Big Agnes Picket SL 30 Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-big-agnes-picket-sl-30-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-big-agnes-picket-sl-30-sleeping-bag/#respond Wed, 25 Jul 2018 09:00:53 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=28661 Read on

]]>
Three-Season Sleeping Bag
Big Agnes Picket SL 30
$260, 2 lbs. 4 oz. (men’s regular)
Sizes: regular and long
moosejaw.com

I know I’m not the easiest person to share a tent with: I flop from side to side during the night. A side sleeper, I curl up with knees bent and extend my arms almost fully. I’ve always preferred mummy-style sleeping bags for their efficiency at trapping heat—but some feel a bit too much like a coffin. On numerous nights of backpacking and camping from the Grand Canyon’s Thunder River-Deer Creek Loop in May to Idaho’s City of Rocks in June and Yosemite’s Tuolumne Meadows area in July, I found that the stretch panels of the Big Agnes Picket SL 30 gave me an experience closer to sleeping in my bed at home.

Big Agnes Picket SL 30 stretch side panels.
Big Agnes Picket SL 30 stretch side panels.

The key feature is the stretch side panels filled with PrimaLoft Gold Active insulation, allowing much more mobility than a traditional mummy bag. The stretch insulation moves with the fabric, so you don’t open up gaps in the insulation that would let cold air inside. The panels stretch enough for me to easily bring my knees to my chest, extend my arms nearly completely while lying on one side and keep them inside the bag, even get dressed inside without it becoming a rigorous core workout.

PrimaLoft Silver insulation throughout most of the bag makes it warm enough for me to use on nights in the 30s Fahrenheit (but I don’t get cold very easily; cold sleepers often prefer a bag rated 20 degrees lower than the lowest temps they expect to encounter). In short, the Picket’s 21 ounces of insulation, offset quilted construction, and vaulted foot box deliver warmth that’s about average for bags in this category—neither exceptional nor inferior. Plus the synthetic insulation retains its ability to trap heat even when wet.

 

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up for my FREE email newsletter now.

 

Big Agnes Picket SL 30 hood.
Big Agnes Picket SL 30 hood.

The hood’s shape and draft collar provide an opening that’s fairly close-fitting but not claustrophobic with the zipper up but the hood not tightened at all, negating the need to cinch it tighter except on really chilly nights, while the one-hand hood drawcord operates very easily. The 65-inch zipper moves smoothly and extends nearly the full length of the bag—allowing for venting at the foot end or opening the bag up completely to use like a blanket (with just your feet tucked into the foot box), as I did on warm nights—and an anti-snag draft tube generally prevents fabric getting caught in the zipper and acted as an efficient wall against cold air.

The nylon ripstop shell has a water-repellent finish. The bag stuffs easily into its lightweight sack, measuring 8×17.5 inches (20x45cm) packed, although I could stuff it into a sack a bit more than half that size, rendering it as compact as just about any bag I’ve seen in this temperature rating.

 


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip. Click here to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Follow my adventures on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and Youtube.


 

Big Agnes Picket SL 30 foot end. Big Agnes Picket SL 30 stuffed.

While down-filled bags still hold a slight edge for packability and usually warmth-per-ounce, the Big Agnes Picket SL 30 offers a very comfortable, synthetic alternative to down at a competitive price. The Big Agnes Bolten SL 20 ($290 to $300) is a 20°F version of the Picket.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog by clicking any of these links to purchase a Big Agnes Picket SL 30 sleeping bag at moosejaw.com or campsaver.com, or the Big Agnes Bolten SL 20 at moosejaw.com or campsaver.com.

 

Tell me what you think.

I spent a lot of time writing this review, so if you enjoyed it, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons below, and leave a comment or question at the bottom of this story. I’d really appreciate it.

 

See all of my reviews of sleeping bags that I like and all of my reviews of backpacking gear, and my articles “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

 

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures. Subscribe now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-big-agnes-picket-sl-30-sleeping-bag/feed/ 0 28661
Gear Review: Big Agnes Insulated AXL Air Mattress https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-big-agnes-insulated-axl-air-mattress/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-big-agnes-insulated-axl-air-mattress/#respond Wed, 20 Jun 2018 09:02:29 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=28361 Read on

]]>
Insulated Air Mattress
Big Agnes Insulated AXL Air Mattress
$180, 20×72 inches rectangular, 13 oz. (including its stuff sack)
Sizes: 20×66, 20×72, 25×72, and 25×78 inches rectangular and 20×72 mummy
moosejaw.com

As air mattresses have continued getting lighter, more compact, and more comfortable, one would think a limit has been reached on how small they can get before sacrificing real comfort. But Big Agnes has raised that bar again—or lowered it, if you will—with the AXL Air. For four nights backpacking the Thunder River-Deer Creek Loop off the Grand Canyon’s North Rim in May, and several spring nights camping at Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve, I slept like a baby on this plush air mattress, while it all but disappeared inside my pack on the trail. I’ve tested and own many air mats, and I don’t think there’s another I’d now carry instead for three-season backpacking. Here’s why.

The AXL stands alone by a few measures. Very few backcountry air mats weigh less than a pound, and even fewer come in as low as 12 ounces (without its one-ounce stuff sack)—and I haven’t found one under a pound that’s as comfortable as the AXL. Rolled up, the 20×72 rectangular size measures 3×6.5 inches (8x17cm)—the size of a liter bottle; the 20×72 mummy and 20×66 rectangular are both under 11 ounces.

 

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up for my FREE email newsletter now.

 

Big Agnes Insulated AXL Air Mattress top end.
Big Agnes Insulated AXL Air Mattress top end.

All sizes of the AXL Air measure 3.75 inches thick along the outer tubes and a deluxe 3.25 inches thick throughout the air mat’s interior tubes—fatter than other air mats that compete for weight, and as thick as some that are several ounces heavier—giving it elevated side walls that help keep you on the mattress. Similar to other air mats with its dimensions, it takes 23 to 24 strong breaths to inflate and it doesn’t deflate any faster or slower than comparably sized, single-valve mats. When deflating it, insert the tab end of the valve cap into the valve to hold it open. (Tip: After opening the valve to deflate any air mat, fold it up like an accordion and lie or sit on it to force most of the air out faster, before rolling it up.)

 


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter, or enter your email address in the box in the left sidebar or at the bottom of this story. Click here to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Follow my adventures on Facebook, TwitterInstagram, and Youtube.


 

Big Agnes Insulated AXL Air Mattress valve.
Big Agnes Insulated AXL Air Mattress valve.

While Big Agnes doesn’t give its air mats an R-value, the PrimaLoft Silver insulation and a heat-reflective Mylar layer trap heat efficiently enough to use the AXL in typical three-season temperatures, probably down to around freezing (but not on frozen ground). The ripstop nylon shell fabric is made with a high-tenacity yarn, a high-filament count, and aviation-grade lamination to increase tear strength and durability. According to Big Agnes, aviation-grade lamination is a TPU application that adds durability to the random ripstop nylon. It is lightweight, abrasion resistant, has high elasticity and helps to shed dirt and oil.

My AXL sustained a tiny hole early on my third trip with it, backpacking for four days in Idaho’s Sawtooth Mountains, and I couldn’t locate the hole to patch it in the field. I repaired it later, at home. The takeaway: Like a lot of air mats, this one is susceptible to punctures.

Another plus: The AXL doesn’t make loud crunching noises when you roll around on it, like the insulation used in some air mats. An antimicrobial treatment inside the mat prevents the growth of microorganisms that can gradually degrade the material.

 

Big Agnes Insulated AXL stuffed.

Big Agnes claims the Insulated AXL Air is the most comfortable and lightest ultralight, three-season pad on the market. Comparing it with the many air mats I’ve reviewed (now forming a sizable pile in my gear room), I have to agree.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog by clicking any of these links to purchase any size of the Big Agnes Insulated AXL Air Mattress at moosejaw.com, rei.com, or campsaver.com.

 

Tell me what you think.

I spent a lot of time writing this story, so if you enjoyed it, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons below, and leave a comment or question at the bottom of this story. I’d really appreciate it.

 

See all of my reviews of air mattresses, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside. See also my related articles “Pro Tips For Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips For Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all of my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

 

Was this review helpful? Get full access to ALL stories at The Big Outside. Subscribe now and a get free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-big-agnes-insulated-axl-air-mattress/feed/ 0 28361
Review: Sierra Designs Nitro 20-Degree Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-sierra-designs-nitro-800-20-degree-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-sierra-designs-nitro-800-20-degree-sleeping-bag/#comments Thu, 31 May 2018 09:00:26 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=28155 Read on

]]>
Three-Season Sleeping Bag
Sierra Designs Nitro 20-Degree
$320, 1 lb. 15 oz. (regular)
Sizes: men’s regular and long, women’s regular
sierradesigns.com

Choosing between sleeping bags can sometimes feel like getting the names of identical twins right—they look an awful lot alike. With bags, you can compare certain key specs: temperature rating, type and amount of insulation (or fill), total weight, and, of course, the price. Using those metrics, the new Sierra Designs Nitro bags look like a pretty good value, so I slept in the 20-degree Nitro 800 while camping on some cool and windy May nights at Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve, and on a three-night, 39-mile backpacking trip in Wyoming’s Wind River Range in mid-September, to see if its performance matches its impressive numbers.

While SD calls it a 20-degree bag, its standardized EN ratings of 28° F (-2° C) for comfort and 17° F (-9° C) for limit offer a good sense of what the average person will find it adequately warm for—although people who get cold easily (including many women) may not want to actually test those temp ratings. Not surprisingly, I found it more than warm enough for nights in the low 40s Fahrenheit; I didn’t have to zip it up completely, even in clammy, rainy weather (sleeping inside a tent). The bag is stuffed with 14.7 ounces of PFC-free, water-resistant, 800-fill-power DriDown, insulation that retains its ability to trap heat even when wet, and will dry out faster than bags stuffed with standard down feathers.

The women’s regular bag contains the same amount of down as the men’s regular, even though it’s four inches shorter, giving the women’s bag a higher density of insulation. That makes it warmer. But given how much more easily women get cold than men, on average, that difference in the bags merely helps justify giving them identical temp ratings.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter, or enter your email address in the box in the left sidebar or at the bottom of this story. Click here to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Follow my adventures on Facebook, TwitterInstagram, and Youtube.


Sierra Designs Nitro 800 20-Degree sleeping bag.
The Sierra Designs Nitro 800 20-degree sleeping bag.

The high-quality down helps explain why the Nitro 800/20 Degree weighs in a few ounces south of two pounds—that’s light for a bag with this temp rating. Many lightweight bags achieve a comparable weight partly by literally cutting corners—reducing the bag’s volume, thus using less materials, which naturally translates to less weight but a claustrophobic fit. I’ve slept in too many that were just too tight for even my average build.

To SD’s credit, that’s not the case with the Nitro. It’s mummy cut is more generous than you’ll find in a lot of bags, with a 62-inch circumference at the shoulders, 56 inches at the hips, and 40 inches at the feet (in the men’s regular). I could spread my knees and feet comfortably apart and, as a side sleeper, extend my arms not quite completely straight, but enough to sleep basically in the position I would in my bed. Unfortunately, taller women are out of luck: The one women’s size bag only fits people up to five feet, eight inches.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up for my FREE email newsletter now.

The Sierra Designs Nitro 800 20-degree sleeping bag.
The Sierra Designs Nitro 800 20-degree sleeping bag.

I like how, when the bag is completely zipped up, the roomy, adjustable hood fits fairly snugly around my face before I tighten it at all. That also meant I could keep my head outside the hood without letting any cold draft inside the bag. That’s thanks in part to a five-inch-wide draft collar extending all the way to the shoulders. The five-inch horizontal baffles and side wall baffles prevent down from migrating and causing cold spots.

Personally, I’m not a fan of SD’s zipperless foot vent; a couple of times, I inadvertently poked my feet outside the bag when shifting around. Besides, I know at most two or three people who stick their feet outside of their bag when camping; I’ve probably never done that. Still, this feature will appeal to some people—and it comes without additional zipper weight—and accidental foot exposure to cold air wasn’t a regular occurrence in the Nitro.

Plan your next great backpacking adventure using my downloadable, expert e-guides.
Click here now to learn more.

Sierra Designs Nitro 800 foot box.
Sierra Designs Nitro 800 foot box.

On the other hand, I consider the half-length, 40-inch zipper ideal: minimizing weight by eliminating something I don’t need—that is, the ability to cool my legs when sleeping—while making it long enough to easily get in and out of the bag. However, the downside of a half zipper is that you cannot open the bag up fully to use it like a blanket on exceptionally mild nights—but then, most people don’t buy a 20-degree bag for exceptionally mild nights. I found the zipper not entirely snag-proof, but more importantly, it’s very easy to free it if and when it does snag on the inside fabric. The 15-denier shell and liner fabrics help minimize the total weight, but that’s about as light as bag fabrics get, so be gentle with this sack, especially if sleeping out under the stars.

You won’t find any new or special technology in the Sierra Designs Nitro bags—just a comfortable, high-quality, lightweight sleeping bag with water-resistant down at a competitive price. That’s enough reason to get one. SD also makes the Nitro in a men’s 35-degree version ($300, 1 lb. 6 oz.) and men’s and women’s 0-degree ($380, 2 lbs. 8 oz.) versions.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Sierra Designs Nitro 20 sleeping bag, or one of the other versions, at backcountry.commoosejaw.com, or sierradesigns.com.

Tell me what you think.

I spent a lot of time writing this story, so if you enjoyed it, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons below, and leave a comment or question at the bottom of this story. I’d really appreciate it.

See all of my reviews of sleeping bags that I like and all of my reviews of backpacking gear, and my articles “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

You live for the outdoors. The Big Outside helps you get out there. Subscribe now and a get free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-sierra-designs-nitro-800-20-degree-sleeping-bag/feed/ 2 28155
Gear Review: Klymit Insulated V Ultralite SL Air Mattress https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-klymit-insulated-v-ultralite-sl-air-mattress/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-klymit-insulated-v-ultralite-sl-air-mattress/#comments Thu, 05 Apr 2018 09:00:03 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=27507 Read on

]]>
Klymit Insulated V Ultralite SL air mattress.
Klymit Insulated V Ultralite SL air mattress.

Insulated Air Mattress
Klymit Insulated V Ultralite SL
$120, 1 lb.
One size
klymit.com

Air mattresses for backpacking vary significantly in a few ways: comfort, price, weight, and packed bulk—and you often pay more for better comfort or low weight and bulk. But the Klymit Insulated V Ultralite SL bends that rule. So I took this relatively affordable air mat on a three-night, 39-mile backpacking trip in Wyoming’s Wind River Range in mid-September, and camping in Idaho’s City of Rocks in spring, to see whether sleeping on it proves as sweet as its price.

With fat, V-shaped air tubes running down the mat’s center, standard dimensions of 72×20 inches tapering to 18 inches at the foot, and 2.5 inches of thickness, the V Ultralite SL was comfortable even for a side sleeper like me—my hipbones never dug into the ground. Square air tubes along its edges keep its perimeter stable, so that I never slid or bounced off it. Not surprisingly, for comfort it compares with some air mats of similar thickness, but not with the most cush backcountry mats out there. However, comparing it against two of my favorites for sleeping on, the Big Agnes Insulated Air Core Ultra is cheaper but heavier and noisier, and the Sea to Summit Comfort Light Insulated is heavier, bulkier when packed, and more expensive.

 

Klymit Insulated V Ultralite SL air mattress.
Klymit Insulated V Ultralite SL air mattress.

The R-value of 4.4 gives it a higher warmth rating than most three-season air mats—but flat spots between the V-shaped air tubes in the mat can allow for cold spots if you’re on frozen ground; consider this a warmer-than-average air mat for cold sleepers on three-season trips. The synthetic insulation is noticeably quiet—a relief for anyone who’s rolled around on an air mat with insulation that crunches with every movement (or shared a tent with someone who’s on one)—and it delivered all the warmth I needed inside a tent on September nights in the 40s Fahrenheit.

 

Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter, or enter your email address in the box in the left sidebar or at the bottom of this story. Click here to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Follow my adventures on Facebook, TwitterInstagram, and Youtube.

 

Klymit Insulated V Ultralite SL air mat.
Klymit Insulated V Ultralite SL air mat.

The valve twists to open and close, and conveniently can be pushed in to seal it while inflating, so that air doesn’t leak out while you’re drawing your next breath. Inflating it requires 12 strong breaths, which is faster than some air mats. The 20-denier ripstop polyester fabric helps keep it fairly lightweight for an air mat of these dimensions—but that fabric is about as thin as you’ll find in even the lightest air mats, so be careful with it. (Fortunately, Klymit offers a lifetime guarantee. In fact, I returned the first Insulated V Ultralite SL that I received because I could not detect an apparent slow air leak, but Klymit immediately sent me a replacement that has not leaked.) The Insulated V Ultralite packs down to 4.5×7 inches, comparable to many competitors with equal inflated dimensions.

In today’s market of deluxe, super comfy, compact backcountry air mats, some of which cost upwards of $200, the Klymit Insulated V Ultralite SL delivers good comfort and competitive metrics in weight and bulk at a good price—albeit with potentially less durability.

 

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up for my FREE email newsletter now.

 

If you’re on a tighter budget, check out the Klymit Insulated Static V Lite ($95, 1 lb. 4 oz., R-value 4.4), which is also 2.5 inches thick, but 23 inches wide, as well as slightly heavier and bulkier when packed at 5×8 inches. Or if you plan to only camp in mild summer temps and want a real bargain, Klymit’s uninsulated Static V air mat ($55, 1 lb. 3 oz.) has the same inflated dimensions as the insulated version and an R-value of 1.3.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog by clicking either of these links to purchase a Klymit Insulated V Ultralite SL at klymit.com or campsaver.com.

 

Tell me what you think.

I spent a lot of time writing this story, so if you enjoyed it, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons below, and leave a comment or question at the bottom of this story. I’d really appreciate it.

 

See all of my reviews of air mattresses and all of my reviews of backpacking gear at The Big Outside. See also my related articles “Pro Tips For Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all of my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

 

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures. Subscribe now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-klymit-insulated-v-ultralite-sl-air-mattress/feed/ 1 27507
Gear Review: REI Magma 10 and Magma 17 Sleeping Bags https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-rei-magma-10-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-rei-magma-10-sleeping-bag/#comments Tue, 26 Sep 2017 09:05:16 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=24956 Read on

]]>
Three-Season Sleeping Bag
REI Magma 10 and Magma 17
$349, 1 lb. 13 oz. (regular) 10° F
Sizes: men’s and women’s regular and long
rei.com

On the last night of a 40-mile May backpacking trip in Utah’s Dark Canyon, a friend and I slept out under the stars and a heavy dew fell during the night. But I didn’t notice it until after waking up, seeing the droplets covering everything around me, and sticking a hand outside to feel my bag’s wet shell. Inside my REI Magma 10—which appeared to lose none of its loft, despite its shell getting soaked—I stayed warm and dry. That was a clincher moment in convincing me of what a super value REI’s men’s and women’s Magma sleeping bags represent in high-quality, water-resistant down bags.

REI Magma 10.
REI Magma 10.

I slept comfortably in this mummy bag for three May nights backpacking Utah’s Dark Canyon, including one night at over 8,500 feet when the low dipped into the 30s Fahrenheit and I left the rainfly off my tent and wore only underwear and a long-sleeve top. (A tent with its rainfly on is usually several degrees warmer than the outside air; but it doesn’t trap heat with the rainfly off.) The bag warmed up within a minute after I crawled inside, and I closed the bag and hood up completely.

I also used it on two nights in the 40s Fahrenheit on a 39-mile, mid-September backpacking trip in Wyoming’s Wind River Range, including a night when the bag’s shell got damp from heavy rain blowing into the tent before I woke up and closed the vestibule door (which I’d left open because it wasn’t raining when I fell asleep). And I pushed the bag’s temp rating on a night at 17° F before starting an early-March backpacking trip in The Maze District of Canyonlands National Park: I had to wear a couple of top layers and long underwear and still was only marginally warm enough to sleep well.

It was more than warm enough for the temperatures I experienced; most nights, I didn’t even have to zip it up completely or put up the hood. I think the EN (European Norm) comfort rating of 22° F and limit rating 10° F for the men’s Magma 10, and 17° F and 3° F for the women’s Magma 17, are reliable measures for people who don’t get cold too easily; those who do may prefer to use these bags in temps at least 10 to 15 degrees warmer than those ratings.

I stayed dry when the bag got wet thanks to its 17.6 ounces (500 grams) of water-resistant 850-fill goose down feathers (in the men’s regular), and a down-proof Pertex shell that let no feathers leak out and repelled moisture. The shell dried quickly in the morning sunshine, thanks in part to its black color.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip. Please follow my adventures on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and Youtube.


 

The bag’s generous dimensions—72 inches long, 60 inches of girth at the shoulders, and 57 inches at the hips (in the men’s regular)—allowed me to easily pull on pants while inside it. The warm, contoured hood’s two drawstrings let me adjust the fit as snugly as I wanted around my face, and it has space for a small, inflatable pillow, while an insulated neck yoke keeps cold air outside.

The horizontal baffles with variable spacing prevent the down from migrating, for thermal efficiency and to help minimize weight. The trapezoidal foot box provides comfortable space and keeps feet warm. The zipper moves smoothly, without snagging, thanks to a zipper cover and an internal anti-snag strip. The stuff sack measures 15×7.5 inches (eight liters), but a compression sack can squeeze this into a slightly smaller package.

REI has built a successful business model based partly on offering quality products at value prices. With the men’s Magma 10 and women’s Magma 17 sleeping bags, it has done that again.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog by clicking this link to purchase any of the men’s or women’s REI Magma sleeping bags at rei.com.

See all of my reviews of sleeping bags that I like and all of my reviews of backpacking gear, and my articles “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

Tell me what you think.

I spent a lot of time writing this story, so if you enjoyed it, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons at right, and leave a comment or question at the bottom of this story. I’d really appreciate it.

 

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

 

You live for the outdoors. The Big Outside helps you get out there. Join now and a get free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-rei-magma-10-sleeping-bag/feed/ 1 24956
Review: Petzl Actik Core Headlamp https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-petzl-actik-core-headlamp/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-petzl-actik-core-headlamp/#comments Wed, 20 Sep 2017 09:00:19 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=24878 Read on

]]>
Rechargeable Headlamp
Petzl Actik Core
$88, 3 oz./85g (with Core rechargeable battery)
backcountry.com

If you agree that a rechargeable headlamp is the way to go—as it is for any backpacker, dayhiker, climber, trail runner, backcountry skier or other user willing to foot the added up-front cost, knowing it eventually pays for itself through what you save not buying (and throwing away) batteries—then the question boils down to which rechargeable headlamp is the best for most backcountry recreationists. Numerous backpacking and other trips with Petzl’s compact, rechargeable Actik Core have convinced me that this one ranks among the best.

The Actik Core has the usual white and red modes (for night vision) and two beam patterns—a spot beam for seeing straight ahead and a proximity beam for illuminating a wider area. Its maximum brightness in white mode of 350 lumens makes it one of the brightness ultralight headlamps—and even more significantly, it delivers that much power even when using the rechargeable battery. Other rechargeable headlamps only achieve maximum brightness with standard batteries; they aren’t as bright operating on their rechargeable battery.

On a September night in the Wind River Range, I found this headlamp, with a nearly full charge, clearly lit up trees about 300 feet away across a meadow, a range consistent with Petzl’s claims for the Actik Core’s max range (95 meters). That kind of range can make a difference when navigating an off-trail route, searching for rappel anchors, or trying to find a campsite in the dark.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up for my FREE email newsletter now.

Petzl Actik Core turned on.
Petzl Actik Core headlamp turned on.

Operation is simple and intuitive: Hold the power button for two seconds to switch between white and red modes. The middle white setting puts out enough light to hike a trail or see across a campsite in the dark, while the dimmest (five lumens) will light a tent interior dimly and is adequate for reading. Red has one brightness level and a blinking mode that Petzl says is visible for up to 700 meters for 350 hours.

The comfortable, reflective headband has a 100-decibel emergency whistle—a unique and useful feature on a headlamp.

The 1250 mAh Core battery charges via a standard USB port. It took about two hours to fully charge it the first time when plugged into my laptop; Petzl reports it can take up to three hours. Access the battery compartment easily by lifting a tab to open the back of the headlamp; the Core battery’s power indicator glows red while charging and green when fully charged. At the brightest setting, Petzl says the Core battery’s charge lasts two hours; between the middle and dimmest brightness settings, it ranges from seven to 160 hours.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Please follow my adventures on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and Youtube.


While with standard batteries, brightness diminishes steadily as the batteries drain, the Core battery maintains constant brightness over the duration of a charge before power drops off abruptly; you’ll appreciate that on a long slog after dark. It can also run on three standard alkaline, lithium, or Ni-MH AAA batteries. (Petzl cautions against mixing battery brands or new and used batteries.)

Its biggest shortcoming is that, unlike some headlamps (including many Black Diamond models), the Actik Core does not have a lockout switch to prevent it from accidentally turning on. But with its low-profile power button, that never happened to me.

The Verdict

Powerful, intuitive to use, and versatile, the Petzl Actik Core is a top-performing, rechargeable headlamp for backpackers, dayhikers, climbers, trail runners, bike commuters, and other outdoor recreationists.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a Petzl Actik Core at backcountry.com or rei.com.

Tell me what you think.

I spent a lot of time writing this story, so if you enjoyed it, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons at right, and leave a comment or question at the bottom of this story. I’d really appreciate it.

 

See my “Gear Review: The 5 Best Headlamps,” (the Actik Core is one of them), and all of my reviews of headlamps, hiking gear, backpacking gear, and trail-running gear at The Big Outside.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all of my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

 

You live for the outdoors. The Big Outside helps you get out there. Join now and a get free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-petzl-actik-core-headlamp/feed/ 5 24878
Gear Review: REI Flash Insulated Air Mattress https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-rei-flash-insulated-air-mattress-2/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-rei-flash-insulated-air-mattress-2/#comments Wed, 12 Jul 2017 09:00:04 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=24117 Read on

]]>
REI Flash Insulated Air Mattress.
REI Flash Insulated Air Mattress.

Insulated Air Mattress
REI Flash Insulated Air Mattress
$100, 15 oz. (regular, 72x20x2 inches)
Sizes: regular, regular wide, long, long wide
rei.com

Spending significantly less money on gear usually means getting significantly less performance, but that’s not the case with REI’s newly updated for 2017 Flash Insulated Air Mattress, I decided after sleeping on it for several nights, on a 40-mile May backpacking trip in Utah’s Dark Canyon Wilderness and camping at Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve in June. While it doesn’t rank number one for any usual measure of air mats (like most comfortable or lightest), it just may deliver the best value, dollar for dollar, of any air mat designed for backpacking.

REI Flash Insulated Air Mattress.
REI Flash Insulated Air Mattress.

The Flash hits a combination of sweet spots unique among air mats: low weight and bulk and good price. At under a pound, it weighs in several ounces lighter than most air mats, and its packed size of 4×9.5 inches (for the regular) compares with, or is only slightly larger than many competitors. With two inches of thickness, it’s reasonably comfortable, though certainly not as plush as fatter air mats that are light enough for backpacking; but those are generally several ounces heavier and/or cost at least $70 more.

REI Flash Insulated Air Mattress valves.
REI Flash Insulated Air Mattress valves.

With separate valves for inflating and deflating, it inflates with about a dozen strong breaths, or in roughly half the time of many thicker 72×20-inch air mats. Open the deflate valve and it instantly releases most of its air, allowing you to roll it up in seconds. The weld-through construction helps decrease the inflation time while making the air mat more stable; I never felt myself rolling off an edge. REI’s proprietary dual-fiber synthetic insulation, combined with a Mylar reflective layer, give this air mat an impressive degree of insulation for its low weight and thickness: The R-value of 3.7 is a little higher than many three-season air mats. Although not warm enough for sleeping on snow or frozen ground, it gave me plenty of insulation for a night when the temperature dropped into the high 30s at around 8,500 feet in Utah’s Manti-La Sal National Forest in May.

REI Flash Insulated Air Mattress.
REI Flash Insulated Air Mattress.

The 30-denier ripstop polyester fabric is lightweight and reasonably durable, but I’d be careful not to test it against sharp rocks or spiky vegetation when the mat is fully inflated. While I tested the regular air mat—the lightest and cheapest of the four sizes available—the regular and long both also come in wide versions with six extra inches of width. That’s nice, but could create space problems in a compact tent.

In the final analysis, you can find air mats that are more comfortable or (slightly) lighter, but you’ll be challenged to find a better value in an air mattress for three-season backpacking than the REI Flash.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog by clicking this link to purchase an REI Flash Insulated Air Mattress at rei.com.

7/8/18 UPDATE: After several trips with this air mat, the flap inside the inflate valve that prevents air from leaking out while inflating somehow blew out, making it impossible to inflate the mat.

 

Tell me what you think.

I spent a lot of time writing this story, so if you enjoyed it, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons below, and leave a comment or question at the bottom of this story. I’d really appreciate it.

 

See all of my reviews of air mattresses and all of my reviews of backpacking gear at The Big Outside. See also my related articles “Pro Tips For Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.” See more suggested stories by scrolling to the bottom of this review.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all of my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

 

Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, the creator of The Big Outside, recognized as a top outdoors blog by USA Today and others. I invite you to get email updates about new stories and gear giveaways by entering your email address in the box in the left sidebar, at the bottom of this post, or on my About page, and follow my adventures on Facebook, Twitter, and Instagram.

 

This blog and website is my full-time job and I rely on the support of readers. If you like what you see here, please help me continue producing The Big Outside by making a donation using the Support button at the top of the left sidebar or below. Thank you for your support.









 

The Big Outside is proud to partner with sponsors Backcountry.com and Visit North Carolina, who support the stories you read at this blog. Find out more about them and how to sponsor my blog at my sponsors page at The Big Outside. Click on the backcountry.com ad below for the best prices on great gear.

 

 

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-rei-flash-insulated-air-mattress-2/feed/ 2 24117
Gear Review: Black Diamond ReVolt Headlamp https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-black-diamond-revolt-headlamp-2/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-black-diamond-revolt-headlamp-2/#comments Tue, 06 Jun 2017 09:00:38 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=23799 Read on

]]>
Black Diamond ReVolt
Black Diamond ReVolt

Rechargeable Headlamp
Black Diamond ReVolt
$60, 3.5 oz. (with 3 AAA batteries, included)
moosejaw.com

Updated in 2017, Black Diamond’s ReVolt rechargeable headlamp quickly became the one I grabbed from a drawer full of headlamps, for trips ranging from backpacking 40 miles in May through Utah’s Dark Canyon Wilderness, to backcountry skiing for four days in Idaho’s Sawtooth Mountains and camping in Idaho’s Sawtooth Valley. Beyond the convenience of running on either its USB-rechargeable NiMH batteries or standard AAA alkaline batteries, it offers a variety of modes and features not found in other headlamps—including BD’s PowerTap technology to instantly cycle between brightness settings, plus being waterproof—at a competitive price.

A single click of the power button turns on the TriplePower white LED, a focused beam with a range that I found effectively illuminates objects at a distance of at least 100 feet on a dark night in the backcountry when using the rechargeable batteries (BD claims 68 meters/223 feet on a full charge). Holding the power button depressed dims and brightens that bulb; and at the upper end of brightness, the DoublePower white LED kicks on in tandem with the TriplePower white LED. BD states that they deliver together a max brightness of 300 lumens, but that’s only with alkaline batteries; the rechargeables deliver a max brightness of 175 lumens, still plenty bright enough for most backcountry needs.

Black Diamond ReVolt headlamp.
Black Diamond ReVolt headlamp.

The DoublePower white LED is a proximity bulb—which can be turned on alone by double clicking the power button—that disperses light more broadly over a shorter distance, and is also dimmable. Alone, the proximity bulb illuminates a trail well enough for hiking, but I usually prefer using the TriplePower white LED and its dimming/brightening function for most purposes. When the two white bulbs are both on, at the ReVolt’s max brightness, they throw more light, of course, but the proximity bulb does not increase the maximum distance of the headlamp’s light; it simply better illuminates a wider area immediately in front of you. Still, the two white-light modes, along with the dimming function, provide more than enough range and variety for dayhikers, backpackers, climbers, trail runners, and backcountry skiers, whether you’re hiking a trail, searching for rappel anchors, or trying to follow an off-trail route in the dark.

The unique PowerTap technology is something I found myself using often: In either of the two white modes, you can dim the light, then tap the right side of the headlamp casing with a finger to instantly toggle back and forth between that dimmed level and max brightness—very helpful whether you’re in camp or on the move and need to briefly see something at a distance.

 

Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter, or enter your email address in the box in the left sidebar or at the bottom of this story. Click here to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Follow my adventures on Facebook, TwitterInstagram, and Youtube.

 

When the headlamp’s off, holding the power button down for a couple of seconds switches between the white TriplePower LED and the DoublePower red LED—which brightens your immediate surroundings while allowing your eyes to remain adjusted to darkness. When in red mode, holding the button down dims/brightens that light, and triple clicking it activates the red strobe mode.

Like other BD lamps, the ReVolt locks off by depressing the power button for several seconds—a critical feature to prevent accidentally draining your batteries inside your pack, which I’ve seen happen with headlamps that lack a lockout feature. Depending on how you use the ReVolt’s modes, the rechargeable batteries last anywhere from six to 75 hours on a single charge, and fresh alkalines 20 to 175 hours, according to BD. Using the rechargeable batteries, I got through the three aforementioned backcountry trips with the ReVolt’s meter still showing green—meaning at least 50 percent charge remaining.

 

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up for my FREE email newsletter now.

 

The IPX8 rating means it’s waterproof in water more than a meter deep for 30 minutes—which effectively means in any precipitation or anyplace most backcountry users might accidentally drop it and still be able to retrieve it (like a creek or fairly shallow lake). The three-level power meter lights up green, orange, or red to give an approximation of remaining power in the batteries. The widely adjustable strap fits even the biggest skulls and helmets and is comfortable to wear for hours. Rechargeable batteries typically last for several hundred recharges before reaching the end of their lifespan, but they can also lose effectiveness over time, even if not used much.

An excellent value for its versatility and features, BD’s ReVolt headlamp is ideal for most outdoor activities and eliminates the cost and waste stream of throwaway batteries—thus, erasing over time its higher price compared to non-rechargeable headlamps.

BUY IT NOW You can support The Big Outside by clicking any of these links to purchase a Black Diamond ReVolt at moosejaw.com, ems.com, or rei.com.

 

Tell me what you think.

I spent a lot of time writing this story, so if you enjoyed it, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons below, and leave a comment or question at the bottom of this story. I’d really appreciate it.

 

See my “Gear Review: The 5 Best Headlamps” and all of my reviews of headlamps, hiking gear, and backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all of my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

 

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures. Subscribe now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-black-diamond-revolt-headlamp-2/feed/ 2 23799
Gear Review: Black Diamond Iota Headlamp https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-black-diamond-iota-headlamp/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-black-diamond-iota-headlamp/#respond Wed, 15 Mar 2017 09:00:18 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=22779 Read on

]]>
Black Diamond Iota headlamp
Black Diamond Iota headlamp

Ultralight Rechargeable Headlamp
Black Diamond Iota
$40, 2 oz.
backcountry.com

Even as backcountry headlamps continually shrink without compromising brightness—indeed, today’s ultralight models keep getting more powerful—my first impression of Black Diamond’s Iota is how darn tiny it is. Smaller than a golf ball, it’s nearly unnoticeable on your head: After turning it off, you could forget you’re wearing it. This two-ounce beacon also represents a leap forward in the affordability of rechargeable headlamps. While the Iota’s relatively short burn time on a full charge limits its versatility, it will appeal to people who want an affordable, ultralight, rechargeable headlamp for outings of up to two or three hours.

BD says the Iota’s single TriplePower LED bulb projects 150 lumens at max brightness for more than 100 feet. Testing it on fall hikes in Great Smoky Mountains National Park and the North Cascades National Park Complex, and while car-camping in Idaho’s Sawtooth Valley, I found that the oval beam of light it throws illuminates a broad area well for perhaps half that claimed distance; beyond that range, dark forest and land swallow the light because the beam expands with increasing distance. Still, it adequately lit a pitch-black, forested section of the Appalachian Trail for me to hike that steep, rocky path before dawn, and it casts enough light for trail running.

 

Black Diamond Iota
Black Diamond Iota headlamp

Unlike some rechargeable headlamps, the Iota does not use batteries. A full charge of its lithium ion battery lasts 40 hours at the dimmest setting—really only bright enough for tasks at hand distance or reading—or two hours on high. BD says a charge lasts an average of three hours. Thus, the Iota’s only practical for relatively short, multi-day trips, unless you’re also carrying a portable, solar-powered recharging unit and you can count on consistent sunshine. But the Iota recharges via mini-USB in three hours (during the day or overnight) from a variety of devices, making it useful for short adventures or when you’re confident of needing light for only part of your day, like an early-morning trail run or hike.

Holding the power button down controls the dimming function. The Iota’s PowerTap technology allows you to instantly switch between the most-recently set level of dimness and max brightness by simply tapping the right side of the casing (marked by a bulb icon). Click three times quickly to engage white strobe mode. There is no red mode. The Iota’s lockout feature prevents it accidentally turning on in a pack: Hold the power button down for several seconds; a blue light flashes when lockout is engaged. Hold the power button down again to turn it back on. A power meter indicates remaining battery life in three levels—imprecise, but adequate. The IPX4 rating means it can withstand splashes of water or a light drizzle, but don’t let it get soaked. Lastly, the comfortable, adjustable strap will help you forget it’s on your head after you turn it off.

For multi-day trips or activities like mountain biking and alpine climbing, you’ll need a brighter headlamp with a much longer burn time, or battery life on a full charge. But for early-morning or evening trail runs, hikes, or schlepping back to the car after getting off a climb at dusk, the Black Diamond Iota will light your way without creating more battery waste or setting you back as much as other rechargeable lights.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog by clicking this link to purchase a Black Diamond Iota headlamp at backcountry.com.

See all of my reviews of headlamps, hiking gear, and backpacking gear at The Big Outside, and my stories:

The Simple Equation of Ultralight Backpacking: Less Weight = More Fun
Gear Review: The Best Gear Duffles
My Top 10 Favorite Backpacking Trips
10 Tips For Getting Outside More

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all of my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

 

Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, the creator of The Big Outside, recognized as a top outdoors blog by USA Today and others. I invite you to get email updates about new stories and gear giveaways by entering your email address in the box in the left sidebar, at the bottom of this post, or on my About page, and follow my adventures on Facebook and Twitter.

♦

This blog and website is my full-time job and I rely on the support of readers. If you like what you see here, please help me continue producing The Big Outside by making a donation using the Support button at the top of the left sidebar or below. Thank you for your support.


♦

 

The Big Outside is proud to partner with sponsors Backcountry.com and Visit North Carolina, who support the stories you read at this blog. Find out more about them and how to sponsor my blog at my sponsors page at The Big Outside. Click on the backcountry.com ad below for the best prices on great gear.

 

 

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-black-diamond-iota-headlamp/feed/ 0 22779
Review: Big Agnes Storm King 0 Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-big-agnes-storm-king-0-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-big-agnes-storm-king-0-sleeping-bag/#respond Wed, 14 Dec 2016 10:00:07 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=21658 Read on

]]>
Winter Sleeping Bag
Big Agnes Storm King 0
$380, 3 lbs. 9 oz. (regular)
Sizes: regular and long ($400)
moosejaw.com

When is a mummy-style bag too constricting? I’ve used ultralight, three-season bags that felt a little too coffin-like. But in winter—or wintry conditions, such as you encounter when mountaineering in spring and summer—there are more practical reasons to use a bag with extra space, and you get it with the Storm King 0. Beyond its dimensions, the Storm King’s water-resistant down feathers, fairly unique “system” design that requires sliding an air mattress into a sleeve on the bag’s bottom side, and its relatively affordable price for this category of bags merits a close look.

My son, Nate, approaching our high camp climbing Mount Whitney.
My son, Nate, approaching our high camp climbing Mount Whitney.

My 15-year-old son and I swapped off using this bag and another 0-degree model for three nights camping on snow in temperatures as low as the teens Fahrenheit on a four-day climb of the Mountaineers Route on California’s 14,505-foot Mount Whitney in mid-April; and for three mid-February nights skiing and snow camping in Idaho’s Boise Mountains, with lows ranging from just below freezing to the mid-30s. While I found it too warm for temps above freezing, my 13-year-old daughter, who gets cold very easily, loved this bag’s warmth on a backpacking and car camping trip in March in southeastern Utah, with lows from the 40s to below freezing.

The semi-rectangular Storm King is noticeably roomier than many backcountry bags: the regular measures 70x65x53 inches. I could easily roll around, get dressed inside the bag (a big plus in sub-freezing temps), and sleep in more natural and comfortable positions—closer to the experience of sleeping in my own bed (except for the snow). I stuffed my pants and base layer top deep into the vaulted foot box (which has more space for feet than most backcountry bags), both to add a little insulation for my tootsies and so my clothes would be warm in the morning. And yet the bag’s space doesn’t compromise warmth by having too much real estate for a small person to heat up: My son and daughter, both slightly more than five feet tall and 100 pounds on these trips, stayed warm on nights well below freezing.

Big Agnes Storm King 0 sleeping bag.
Big Agnes Storm King 0 sleeping bag.

Inside the bag is 24.5 ounces (26.5 ounces in the long bag) of water-repellant, 650-fill Downtek down feathers, which resist absorbing water much better than standard down and dry faster once wet. While the 650-fill quality makes this bag a little bulkier and heavier than bags with higher fill power down, it’s also considerably less expensive—about three-quarters to half the price of many high-quality 0-degree bags—and the regular bag still compresses to a manageable 8×9 inches.

Like many Big Agnes bags, the Storm King lacks insulation on the bottom; it’s all on top, where it’s most functional (rather than getting flattened underneath you), and a mattress slides into a sleeve on the bag’s bottom to insulate you from the snow or frozen ground. As a side sleeper, I haven’t always liked this system because the hood doesn’t tend to turn with your head. But the Storm King’s redesigned hood now moves free of the pad sleeve: While it doesn’t turn a full 90 degrees with my head, it’s an improvement over the previous design, and the bag’s draft collar covers whichever ear is facing up. Plus, there’s an even stronger argument for this system—integrating the pad with the bag—in winter, when your bag sliding off your pad will make you cold fast and could wake you repeatedly.

Big Agnes Storm King 0 sleeping bag hood.
Big Agnes Storm King 0 sleeping bag hood.

The fat hood, collar, and draft tube along the non-snagging zipper keep warm air in and cold air out. The shell fabric isn’t waterproof, but is treated to repel moisture, which protects against moderate condensation inside a tent. Stretch fabric on the sides of the pad sleeve accommodates air mats in a range of thicknesses. Lastly, I like the stretch-fabric pillow pocket beneath the hood.

Whether you’re camping in winter conditions, just prefer a more spacious bag, or like the Big Agnes system of incorporating the air mattress into the bag, the Storm King 0 sleeping bag offers several reasons to recommend it.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog by clicking this link to purchase a Big Agnes Storm King 0 sleeping bag at moosejaw.com.

See all of my reviews of winter sleeping bags and all of my reviews of sleeping bags that I like, and all of my reviews of backpacking gear, plus my articles “Pro Tips: How to Choose a Sleeping Bag” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

See also my stories:

12 Pro Tips For Staying Warm Outdoors in Winter
Review: Gear For Climbing Mount Whitney
Ask Me: How Can You Tell How Warm a Down Jacket Is?
The Simple Equation of Ultralight Backpacking: Less Weight = More Fun

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-big-agnes-storm-king-0-sleeping-bag/feed/ 0 21658
Review: Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XTherm Air Mattress https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-therm-a-rest-xtherm-air-mattress/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-therm-a-rest-xtherm-air-mattress/#respond Thu, 01 Dec 2016 11:00:14 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=21455 Read on

]]>
Insulated Air Mattress
Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XTherm
$230, 15 oz. (regular)
Sizes: regular (20x72x2.5 ins., tapered), large (25x77x2.5 ins., tapered), Max (25×77.2.5 ins., rectangular)
backcountry.com

When sleeping outdoors at any time of year, you have two simple objectives: comfort and warmth. We tend to associate the former with our choice of air mattress or pad and the latter with our choice of sleeping bag. But the air mat is actually the key to both goals, because dollar for dollar, your money achieves more warmth from an air mat or pad that adequately insulates your body from the cold ground (which can rapidly drain heat from you) than from your bag. In the NeoAir XTherm—which I tested on numerous trips, including several nights sleeping on snow—you get an all-season air mat with more insulation, pound for pound, than any competitor.

High camp at 12,000 feet below Mount Whitney.
High camp at 12,000 feet below Mount Whitney. Click on photo to read the story.

My teenage son and I took turns using the NeoAir XTherm on two trips camping on snow: a four-day, mid-April climb of the Mountaineers Route on California’s 14,505-foot Mount Whitney, with lows in the teens Fahrenheit; and three February nights in Idaho’s Boise Mountains, with lows that ranged down to just below freezing. I also used it sleeping outside on grass while on a mid-October backpacking trip on the Appalachian Trail in Great Smoky Mountains National Park, and my son used it on a family backpacking and car-camping trip in southern Utah in late March.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XTherm
Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XTherm

The XTherm’s superior warmth-to-weight ratio comes from the ThermaCapture Radiant Heat Technology, which has reflective layers that bounce heat back to your body, giving it a winter-worthy R-value of 6.9 (compared to an R-value of around 3.3 for many three-season mats).

At 2.5 inches thick, with a tapered, mummy shape, it was comfortable on a variety of surfaces, from hard ground to packed snow. Inflating and deflating with a standard valve, it requires 19 to 20 strong breaths to make it firm, slightly less effort than thicker mats. Triangular Core Matrix construction traps air in dozens of tiny cells, minimizing air circulation that conducts heat away from your body, without the much greater weight and bulk of other air mats designed for sleeping on frozen ground. The construction technique also creates baffles that make the XTherm more stable—you don’t bounce off its edges.

Tough, 70-denier ripstop nylon fabric on the bottom resists puncture, while the 30-denier top has a no-slip surface. Its packed dimensions—4×9 inches, slightly larger than a liter bottle—compare with some the most compact three-season air mats.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up for my FREE email newsletter now.

Air mattresses for sleeping on snow or frozen ground have always been heavier and bulkier than three-season air mats; and many winter campers would supplement an air mat with a foam pad underneath it, to beef up the insulation, while adding weight and bulk to their backpack. But with the weight and size of some of the smallest three-season air mats, the Therm-a-Rest NeoAir Xtherm has enough insulation for sleeping on frozen ground, making it the only air mat you need for camping year-round.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XTherm air mattress at backcountry.com or moosejaw.com, or the similar Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XTherm MAX air mattress at backcountry.com or moosejaw.com.

See all of my reviews of backpacking air mattresses and sleeping bags that I like and all my reviews of backpacking gear.

See also my related “Pro Tips: How to Choose a Sleeping Bag” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all of my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-therm-a-rest-xtherm-air-mattress/feed/ 0 21455
Gear Review: Exped SynMat Hyperlite Duo Air Mattress https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-exped-synmat-hyperlite-duo-air-mattress/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-exped-synmat-hyperlite-duo-air-mattress/#comments Wed, 16 Nov 2016 11:00:11 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=21127 Read on

]]>
My wife, Penny, inflating the Exped SynMat Hyperlite Duo air mattress.
My wife, Penny, inflating the Exped SynMat Hyperlite Duo air mattress.

Insulated Air Mattress
Exped SynMat Hyperlite Duo
$279, 1 lb. 12 oz. (with stuff sack)
One size
moosejaw.com

Let’s face it: Side-by-side air mats in a tent have a way of taking the love out of camping, because when curled up with your partner, one or both of you tend to slip into the gap between the mats. Not any more with the SynMat Hyperlite Duo. My wife and I shared it happily for three nights on a mid-July rafting and kayaking trip on the Green River in Dinosaur National Monument, and were surprised at how much more comfortable it is even than we expected.

Inflating the Exped SynMat Hyperlite Duo air mattress.
Inflating the Exped SynMat Hyperlite Duo air mattress.

I also slept on it by myself for a night of car-camping in Idaho’s Sawtooth Valley just because it feels like I’m sprawling out on a double bed. At nearly three inches thick, it’s plush, comparable to many air mats that are heavier and bulkier (per person). At 72 inches long, it accommodates six-footers, and it’s wide enough (41 inches at the shoulders, tapering to 32 inches at the foot end) that you rarely bump into your mate—no more than you would in any lightweight, compact, two-person tent. In fact, it covers the floor of many ultralight or midweight backpacking tents, which I found a nice convenience that just makes a tent more livable because you’re virtually always on an insulated, cushioned floor. It also eliminates the problem of two separate air mats sliding around or overlapping one another.

Really nice feature: The SunMat Hyperlite Duo has two sides with separate valves that inflate and deflated independently. That minimizes the degree to which one person’s nighttime shifting around disturbs the other person, and allows each person to personalize his or her mat firmness. Plus, one side of the mat still holds air if the other side leaks. The 20-denier polyester fabric is lighter than what’s used in many air mats—it’s fairly tough and will resist puncture, but don’t throw it down just anywhere. (I’m always careful to make sure there’s nothing sharp, whether rocks or vegetation with needles, where I lay it down.)

 

Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter, or enter your email address in the box in the left sidebar or at the bottom of this story. Click here to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Follow my adventures on Facebook, TwitterInstagram, and Youtube.

 

Exped SynMat Hyperlite Duo stuffed.
Exped SynMat Hyperlite Duo stuffed.

With an R-value of 3.3, it has adequate insulation for three-season camping even when temps dip below freezing. Exped gives it a temperature rating of 21° F. The Duo packs down to 8×5.5 inches/1.6L, slightly smaller than two already-compact SynMat Hyperlite single air mats, although the Duo’s weight is exactly double the weight of the one-person Hyperlite, so you’re not reducing pack weight with the Duo.

I inflate the Duo using the Exped Schnozzel Pumpbag UL ($39, 2 oz., sold separately), a 42-liter/2,563 c.i., waterproof stuff sack made of ultralight, silicone-coated, 15-denier ripstop nylon with a valve that mates with the Duo’s valve: Simply connect the Schnozzel to the Duo’s valve, expand the sack to let air into it, then roll up the sack to force that air into the Duo. I’ve consistently found that it fills the Duo on the third time I roll up the sack of air, taking only a few minutes and requiring no dizzying 20 breaths from my lungs.

Exped SynMat Hyperlite Duo
Exped SynMat Hyperlite Duo

My advice: Put the love back into your camping relationship with an Exped SynMat Hyperlite Duo.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog by clicking any of these links to purchase an Exped SynMat Hyperlite Duo at moosejaw.com, rei.com, or campsaver.com.

 

Tell me what you think.

I spent a lot of time writing this story, so if you enjoyed it, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons below, and leave a comment or question at the bottom of this story. I’d really appreciate it.

 

See all of my reviews of air mattresses and all of my reviews of backpacking gear at The Big Outside. See also my related Pro Tips articles “How to Choose a Sleeping Bag” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all of my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

 

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures. Subscribe now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-exped-synmat-hyperlite-duo-air-mattress/feed/ 2 21127
Gear Review: Marmot Ion 20 Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-marmot-ion-20-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-marmot-ion-20-sleeping-bag/#comments Wed, 19 Oct 2016 10:00:15 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=20836 Read on

]]>
Marmot Ion 20 sleeping bag.
Marmot Ion 20 sleeping bag.

Sleeping Bag
Marmot Ion 20
$419, 1 lb. 13 oz. (regular)
Sizes: regular and long ($439)
moosejaw.com

Heading into Washington’s North Cascades National Park for an 80-mile backpacking trip in the last week of September, I didn’t want to take a chance on gear and clothing that might not stand up to cold, wet weather, maybe even sub-freezing nights and snow in that notoriously soggy mountain range. The hybrid-insulation Ion 20 fit the specs for that mission, thanks to its blend of high-quality down feathers and synthetic insulation and super warmth for such a lightweight bag.

I slept in it for four nights in the North Cascades, in mostly dry weather with lows that actually didn’t drop below around 40° F, and for one mid-October night in the 40s in Great Smoky Mountains National Park, when I slept outside, under the stars, without concern about dew settling on the bag. It was more than warm enough for those temps for someone who, like me, sleeps warm. I left it partly open every night, discovering the utility of Marmot’s nine-inch-long, “fold-down” second zipper, which lets you open both sides of the bag at your chest and shoulders for added ventilation, but also makes it easier to sit in the bag in a tent or in camp and keep both arms outside to use your hands for tasks. I think the Ion 20 is true to its EN comfort temp rating of 28° F (the EN lower limit rating is 17° F and the extreme rating is -15° F), but also that people who sleep cold would find its warmth perfect for three-season camping.

Marmot Ion 20 hood.
Marmot Ion 20 hood.

Marmot’s Composite Construction achieves the benefits of down (high warmth-to-weight ratio) and synthetic insulation (retains warmth when wet) by combining 850+-fill goose down around the body, head, and feet, with synthetic Thermal R Micro insulation on the bottom of the bag. Sporting nearly five inches of loft, the Ion 20 looks warm. The hood’s intricate, multi-baffle design delivers a close and comfortable fit when sealed up tight, while the wrap-around construction at the feet increases warmth at the typically coldest end of a bag. The curved-baffle construction minimizes unwanted migration of down feathers.

Marmot Ion 20 foot box.
Marmot Ion 20 foot box.

With a 60-inch circumference at the shoulders, 58 inches at the hips, and 41 inches at the feet (in the regular bag), I’d rank the roominess of the Ion in the middle of the pack of mummy bags: There’s enough space to not feel confining, and I could get dressed and undressed inside it; but sleeping on my side, I had to fold my arms up pretty close to my torso. The nearly full-length main zipper’s slider never snagged. The Pertex Quantum shell fabric is strong for its low weight, allowing maximum insulation loft while not leaking feathers or being susceptible to zipper snags. The combination of 12-denier and 15-denier nylon mini ripstop fabrics in the shell and lining also helps prevent zipper snags, but demands a little caution in handling the bag outside to avoid tears. The Ion 20 stuff sack measures 16×7 inches, but I packed the bag into a slightly smaller, roll-top stuff sack, so it didn’t fill the bottom of a 55-liter backpack.

The Marmot Ion 20 delivers equally high value and performance: You won’t find many bags with this temperature rating that are under two pounds, or with this level of quality of materials and construction at this price. It’s a good choice for anyone who routinely heads out in cold, wet mountains, or someone who wants extra warmth in a three-season bag without extra weight or bulk.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog by clicking this link to purchase a Marmot Ion 20 at moosejaw.com.

See all of my reviews of sleeping bags that I like and all of my reviews of backpacking gear, and my articles “Pro Tips: How to Choose a Sleeping Bag” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

See also my stories:
The Simple Equation of Ultralight Backpacking: Less Weight = More Fun
Buying Gear? Read This First
Ask Me: How Do We Begin Lightening Up Our Backpacking Gear?
10 Tricks For Making Hiking and Backpacking Easier
My Top 10 Favorite Backpacking Trips

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all of my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

The Big Outside is proud to partner with these sponsors. Please help support my blog by liking and following my sponsors on Facebook and other social media and telling them you appreciate their support for The Big Outside.


Do you like The Big Outside? I’m Michael Lanza, the creator of The Big Outside, recognized as a top outdoors blog by a USA Today Readers Choice poll and others. Subscribe for updates about new stories and free gear giveaways by entering your email address in the box at the bottom of this story, at the top of the left sidebar, or on my About page, and follow my adventures on Facebook and Twitter.

♦

This blog and website is my full-time job and I rely on the support of readers. If you like what you see here, please help me continue producing The Big Outside by making a donation using the Support button at the top of the left sidebar or below. Thank you for your support.


♦

 

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-marmot-ion-20-sleeping-bag/feed/ 2 20836
Gear Review: Big Agnes Boot Jack 25 Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-big-agnes-boot-jack-25-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-big-agnes-boot-jack-25-sleeping-bag/#respond Wed, 31 Aug 2016 10:00:22 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=20282 Read on

]]>
Big Agnes Boot Jack 25 sleeping bag.
Big Agnes Boot Jack 25 sleeping bag.

Three-Season Sleeping Bag
Big Agnes Boot Jack 25
$190, 2 lbs. 6 oz. (regular)
Sizes: regular and long ($200)
moosejaw.com

Backpackers and campers shopping for a sleeping bag often focus on just a few specs: temperature rating, length, insulation type, and of course, price. They might not give consideration to construction, design, or how the bag fits—as in how much space you have to move around. They might not even bother to crawl inside to try it on. Sleeping in the Boot Jack 25 from Idaho’s Sawtooth Mountains and City of Rocks National Reserve to the Panamint Range of Death Valley National Park, I found it nearly true to its 25-degree temp rating, very competitively priced for its quality—and, just as importantly, it has fairly spacious dimensions, so I slept like a baby.

A traditional mummy bag—with insulation on all sides and lacking the pad sleeve on the bottom that’s common in many Big Agnes bags—the Boot Jack 25 is stuffed with 18 ounces (in the regular length) of 600-fill, water-resistant DownTek feathers, which are better able to trap heat when wet and dry out faster than standard down feathers. The nylon ripstop shell fabric also has the level of water repellency seen in many bags—basically meaning that small amounts of moisture, as you’d get from a bit of dripping condensation in a tent, will bead up and slide off the fabric, but sustained exposure to moisture will soak through the shell into the insulation.

 

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up for my FREE email newsletter now.

 

Big Agnes Boot Jack 25 hood and draft collar.
Big Agnes Boot Jack 25 hood and draft collar.

Zip it up tight and snug the hood and you’ll notice a different space aesthetic than found in lightweight or ultralight bags. With a girth of 60 inches at the shoulders, 54 inches at the hips, and 36 inches at the feet (all for the regular bag), the Boot Jack allowed me to lie on my side and partly extend my arms, get dressed and undressed inside the bag, and spread my feet apart somewhat—a freedom of movement you don’t find in all mummy bags.

The Boot Jack 25 also sports design features found in pricier bags. Continuous horizontal baffles encircle the bag, preventing cold spots and keeping feathers from migrating in a vertical direction (between the head and foot ends). The hood is generously insulated and adjusts easily using a single drawcord, and I really like how its cordlock keeps the cord outside the bag, instead of hanging in my face when I’m lying on the opposite side. The fat draft tube inside the full-length, two-way side zipper ensures against contact with a cold zipper, and a wide strip of slightly heavier nylon kept the zipper from ever snagging. Similarly, the shaped draft collar provides substantial coverage to keep warm air in and cold air out, making the bag feel warmer. As a side sleeper, I sometimes left the hood open completely, but let the neck tube sit on one ear.

 

Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter, or enter your email address in the box in the left sidebar or at the bottom of this story. Click here to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Follow my adventures on Facebook, TwitterInstagram, and Youtube.

 

Big Agnes Boot Jack 25 zipper.
Big Agnes Boot Jack 25 zipper.

On a June night in the 30s Fahrenheit at the City of Rocks, I kept perfectly warm even without the hood over my head (but I don’t get cold easily). On nights with lows in the 40s, from May in Death Valley National Park to August in the Sawtooths, I slept with the top of the bag open, even without the rainfly on my tent (a rainfly traps more heat in a tent). My 13-year-old daughter, who gets cold easily, slept in it warmly on nights in the upper 40s on a July rafting and kayaking trip on the Green River through Lodore Canyon in Dinosaur National Monument.

At 8×17.5 inches when stuffed, it’s not as compact as an ultralight bag, but not excessively bulky. Although its roomier dimensions and lower down fill rating make it heavier than the lightest down bags at this temp rating, for under $200, the Boot Jack 25 delivers a good value that should last for years of use.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog by clicking this link to purchase a Big Agnes Boot Jack 25 at moosejaw.com.

See all of my reviews of sleeping bags that I like and all of my reviews of backpacking gear, and my articles “Pro Tips: How to Choose a Sleeping Bag” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See all of my reviews organized by categories at my Gear Reviews page.

—Michael Lanza

 

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures. Subscribe now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-big-agnes-boot-jack-25-sleeping-bag/feed/ 0 20282
Review: Big Agnes Insulated Air Core Ultra Air Mattress https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-big-agnes-insulated-air-core-ultra-air-mattress/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-big-agnes-insulated-air-core-ultra-air-mattress/#comments Wed, 03 Aug 2016 10:00:36 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=20014 Read on

]]>
Insulated Air Mattress
Big Agnes Insulated Air Core Ultra
$100, 1 lb. 6 oz. (regular, with stuff sack)
Sizes: petite ($90, 66x20x3.5 ins.), regular (72x20x3.5 ins.), long ($110, 78x20x3.5 ins.), wide regular ($130, 72x25x3.5 ins.)
backcountry.com

The ultimate measure of an air mattress comes at the moment when my family discovers it—and when my wife and kids saw the new Big Agnes Insulated Air Core Ultra, they all wanted to sleep on it. I used this air mat for two nights backpacking in the Panamint Range of Death Valley National Park in May, and I (reluctantly) shared it with my family while camping at Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve and on a mid-July rafting and kayaking trip on the Green River through Lodore Canyon in Dinosaur National Monument, and I haven’t found an air mat for backpacking that’s more comfortable and this compact.

Big Agnes Insulated Air Core Ultra air mattress valve.
Insulated Air Core Ultra air mattress valve.

With 3.5 inches of thickness, the Insulated Air Core Ultra packs a lot of comfort for its reasonable weight and low bulk (slightly larger than a liter bottle). Big Agnes took its Insulated Air Core mat and gave it larger outside tubes to help prevent you from rolling off it; a smoother surface; higher-volume, separate valves for faster inflation and deflation; double ripstop fabric that Big Agnes says improves tear strength by 25 percent (I had no leaks); and a lamination process that makes it lighter, more durable, and smaller when packed (5×9 ins.).


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Big Agnes Insulated Air Core Ultra air mattress packed.
B.A. Insulated Air Core Ultra air mattress packed.

Inflating it still took me 26 strong breaths—I’d like to see a valve that allows inflating it using an oversized stuff sack, as you can do with the Exped SynMat Hyperlite—while deflating takes just a few seconds.

The Insulated Air Core Ultra has high-loft, synthetic insulation and heat reflective technology to help retain heat. Big Agnes doesn’t provide an R-value, but rates the air mat at 15° F.

It’s not the lightest air mat you can buy; but it’s one of the two most comfortable for backpacking that I’ve used, and the other one, the Sea to Summit Comfort Light Insulated Air Mattress, is an ounce lighter but significantly more bulky.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog by clicking any of these links to purchase a Big Agnes Insulated Air Core Ultra air mattress at backcountry.com or moosejaw.com.

See all of my reviews of air mattresses and all of my reviews of backpacking gear at The Big Outside. See also my related Pro Tips articles “How to Choose a Sleeping Bag” and “Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up for my FREE email newsletter now.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See all of my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-big-agnes-insulated-air-core-ultra-air-mattress/feed/ 2 20014
Gear Review: Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite MAX SV Air Mattress https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-therm-a-rest-neoair-xlite-max-sv-air-mattress/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-therm-a-rest-neoair-xlite-max-sv-air-mattress/#respond Wed, 20 Jul 2016 10:00:15 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=19781 Read on

]]>
Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite MAX SV air mattress.
Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite MAX SV air mattress.

Insulated Air Mattress
Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite MAX SV
$180, 1 lb. (regular, with stuff sack)
Sizes: regular (72x20x2.5 ins.) and large ($210, 77x25x2.5 ins.)
moosejaw.com

Who enjoys blowing up an air mattress? At the end of a full day of backpacking, it always seems to take more breaths than you have left in reserve. Therm-a-Rest solves this problem with its SpeedValve, a large, fabric tunnel that draws in surrounding air when you blow into it, making the inflation process significantly faster and easier. After using the lightweight and compact Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite MAX SV on family backpacking trips in Utah’s Dirty Devil River canyon and while car-camping in southern Utah in late March, backpacking in Idaho’s Sawtooth Mountains in August, and on an 80-mile, five-day backpacking trip in the North Cascades National Park Complex in the last week of September, and my 15-year-old son sleeping on it for three nights on a mid-July rafting and kayaking trip through Lodore Canyon in Dinosaur National Monument, I give it high scores for comfort and convenience.

Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite MAX SV SpeedValve.
Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite MAX SV SpeedValve.

The distinctive feature is the SpeedValve, an innovation as uncomplicated and easy to use as technology gets: You simply blow into the open SpeedValve, and a simple law of physics causes more air to rush inside with your breaths. Therm-a-Rest claims the SpeedValve inflates a mattress in half the time of conventional valves; I found about a dozen (sometimes fewer) breaths would fill the mat, and I might add one blow through the standard screw valve to firm it up. But it’s unquestionably far easier than blowing up a traditional air mat, which often requires a dizzying couple dozen breaths for a regular-size air mat.

The roll-top, buckle closure on the SpeedValve requires sealing it tightly to avoid air leaking out, but I found that easy to do once you’ve inflated the mat, making it more rigid. The screw valve lets you release a little air to soften the mat to your preference. And the SpeedValve is reversible for deflating the air mat in seconds, greatly reducing the packing time.

 

Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter, or enter your email address in the box in the left sidebar or at the bottom of this story. Click here to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Follow my adventures on Facebook, TwitterInstagram, and Youtube.

 

Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite MAX SV SpeedValve.
Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite MAX SV SpeedValve.

The Triangular Core Matrix construction and 2.5 inches of thickness make this rectangular mattress very comfortable and stable—no bouncing off the edges—and heat-reflective technology makes it warm for its weight. With an R-value of 3.2, it’s appropriate for three-season camping. The 30-denier, ripstop, no-slip nylon fabric is a bit tougher than the material used in some lighter air mats without adding much weight.

Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite MAX SV stuffed.
Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite MAX SV stuffed.

At one pound and measuring 9×4 inches, its stuffed size compares well with many of today’s air mats for backpacking. If you’re really counting ounces, the Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite is four ounces lighter and more compact. But for convenience and comfort, the NeoAir XLite MAX SV excels.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog by clicking this link to purchase a Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite MAX SV air mattress at moosejaw.com.

 

Tell me what you think.

I spent a lot of time writing this story, so if you enjoyed it, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons below, and leave a comment or question at the bottom of this story. I’d really appreciate it.

 

See my other reviews of backpacking air matresses that I like and all my reviews of backpacking gear. See also my related Pro Tips articles “How to Choose a Sleeping Bag” and “Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

 

Get The Big Outside in your Inbox. Sign up for my FREE email newsletter now.

 

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See all of my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

 

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures. Subscribe now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-therm-a-rest-neoair-xlite-max-sv-air-mattress/feed/ 0 19781
Gear Review: Exped DreamWalker 450 Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-exped-dreamwalker-450-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-exped-dreamwalker-450-sleeping-bag/#respond Wed, 29 Jun 2016 10:00:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=19514 Read on

]]>
Exped DreamWalker 450
Exped DreamWalker 450

Sleeping Bag
Exped DreamWalker 450
$349, 2 lbs. 1 oz. (medium)
Sizes: medium (fits up to 5 feet, 11 ins.), large (fits up to 6 feet, 5 ins.)
moosejaw.com

On a cool, early morning at Numa Creek camp on the Rockwall Trail in Canada’s Kootenay National Park, I told my wife I was heading for the camp’s cooking area to fire up our stove for breakfast. She responded in her way of letting me know she wasn’t getting up yet: “It’s cold out there.” I said, “That’s why I’m staying in my bag.” And I was: Within seconds, I converted my DreamWalker 450 bag into a long down parka and proceeded to wear it walking and sitting around in camp.

With a full-length, two-way, center zipper, zippered armholes, and a foot end that opens and seals with a drawcord, the DreamWalker morphs from bag to long down parka or blanket. To wear it as a parka, you fold the foot end up and snug the drawcord around your like a belt. It lacks sleeves, so I needed a long-sleeve base layer and often a shell jacket underneath it to keep my arms warm. Still, the DreamWalker allows you to leave a down jacket at home on many three-season trips, or bring a lighter puffy jacket than you would otherwise on colder outings—removing significant weight and bulk from your backpack. For side sleepers like me, the center zipper offers the added benefit of no zipper pull hanging in your face. The design is so simple and efficient it’s a wonder more manufacturers aren’t copying it (or more consumers aren’t demanding it).

The bag’s EN ratings of 46° F for comfort, 37° F limit, and 12° F extreme seem conservative. Stuffed with 11.6 oz. (330g) of 750-fill goose down, it proved warm enough for me (I’m a warm sleeper) wearing only a long-sleeve top or T-shirt, underwear, and socks, and for my skinny 15-year-old son on nights in the 30s and 40s Fahrenheit in Kootenay in August, and Idaho’s the City of Rocks National Reserve in June, Sawtooth Mountains in September, and White Cloud Mountains in October. On two mild nights in the 50s, backpacking the 34-mile Royal Arch Loop in the Grand Canyon, I used it opened up like a comforter.

Handwarmer pockets let me warm my fingers while doing camp chores sans gloves on chilly mornings. The armholes are convenient in surprising ways, such as allowing me to zip inside the bag and have my arms outside it to read in the tent. When the armholes, which have draft tubes over them, are closed, and the foot box drawcord is tightened, there’s no loss of warmth from them; it performs like any other bag. The 20-denier nylon shell fabric is what you’ll find on many lightweight bags. The DreamWalker 450 packs down to 8.7×9.5 inches (22x24cm), roughly the size of a load of bread, and comes with a roll-top, waterproof compression stuff sack—the rare sleeping bag stuff sack that I use. (I typically use a dry sack like the Sea to Summit eVent Compression Dry Sack; see my review of my favorite backpacking accessories.)

The design’s inherent limitations are that you can’t easily walk any real distance wearing it—as you might wearing a down jacket in deep cold—and I found the 29.5-inch (75cm) shoulder width a little snug. But for many trips, it delivers undeniable efficiency by pulling double duty. There’s also a DreamWalker 650 ($479), rated to 35° F comfort and 26° F limit.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog by clicking this link to purchase an Exped DreamWalker 450 at moosejaw.com.

See my review of another convertible bag, the Sierra Designs Mobile Mummy 800, all of my reviews of sleeping bags that I like and all of my reviews of backpacking gear, and my articles “Pro Tips: How to Choose a Sleeping Bag” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

See also my stories:
The Simple Equation of Ultralight Backpacking: Less Weight = More Fun
Buying Gear? Read This First
Ask Me: How Do We Begin Lightening Up Our Backpacking Gear?

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See all of my reviews organized by categories at my Gear Reviews page.

—Michael Lanza

Do you like The Big Outside? I’m Michael Lanza, the creator of The Big Outside, recognized as a top outdoors blog by a USA Today Readers Choice poll and others. Subscribe for updates about new stories and free gear giveaways by entering your email address in the box at the bottom of this story, at the top of the left sidebar, or on my About page, and follow my adventures on Facebook and Twitter.

♦

This blog and website is my full-time job and I rely on the support of readers. If you like what you see here, please help me continue producing The Big Outside by making a donation using the Support button at the top of the left sidebar or below. Thank you for your support.









♦

 

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-exped-dreamwalker-450-sleeping-bag/feed/ 0 19514
Gear Review: Black Diamond Spot and Cosmo Headlamps https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-black-diamond-spot-and-cosmo-headlamps/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-black-diamond-spot-and-cosmo-headlamps/#comments Wed, 25 May 2016 12:15:54 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=19048 Read on

]]>
Black Diamond Spot and Cosmo headlamps.
Black Diamond Spot and Cosmo headlamps.

Ultralight Headlamps
Black Diamond Spot
$40, 3 oz. (with 3 AAA batteries, included)
Black Diamond Cosmo
$30, 3 oz. (with 3 AAA batteries, included)
moosejaw.com

A headlamp doesn’t have to take a big bite out of your gear budget—in fact, as these two models demonstrate, you can score a multi-featured backcountry lamp for as little as 30 bucks, and a high-performance model for less than you’ll probably spend on food and gas for a weekend trip. From backpacking trips in Idaho’s White Cloud Mountains in October, Utah’s Dirty Devil River canyon in late March, and the Panamint Range of Death Valley National Park in May, to a four-day climb of the Mountaineers Route on California’s 14,505-foot Mount Whitney in mid-April and dayhiking the 32-mile, 10,000-vertical-foot Pemi Loop in New Hampshire’s White Mountains in August, I put the Cosmo and Spot through many hours of use. Both shined at the usual tasks, like lighting the way when pitching a tent or hiking off-trail in the dark, but my testing also spotlighted their differences.

Both redesigned for 2016, the Cosmo and Spot share many useful similarities. With both, one click of the power button turns on the TriplePower LED, two clicks powers up the dimmer white bulb (DoublePower LED in the Cosmo, SinglePower LED in the Spot), and three clicks puts the headlamp in white LED strobe mode. With both, holding the power button for two seconds with the power off switches it to the red LED for night vision (DoublePower in the Cosmo, SinglePower in the Spot); and both have a red LED strobe mode. Holding the power button down for two seconds with the lamp off in red LED mode switches both back to white light. They both have dimming capability through holding the button down.

 


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip. Click here to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Follow my adventures on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and Youtube.


 

Black Diamond Spot
Black Diamond Spot

Each has a smart locking feature to prevent it from turning on accidentally in a pack—just hold the power button in any mode for four seconds and it locks off, with the Cosmo blinking red to indicate it’s locked, and the Spot’s power-meter light blinking blue. The Spot is waterproof up to a meter underwater for 30 minutes, the Cosmo water-resistant to splashing, rain, and a briefing, shallow immersion (but dry out the batteries and casing after immersing either of them).

They differ in brightness and range. The less-expensive Cosmo projects 160 lumens up to 200 feet/60 meters at its brightest setting, the Spot 300 lumens up to 260 feet/80 meters, according to BD. Many hikers and backpackers rarely need a headlamp to project a beam 200 feet or more—but that kind of power can be critical in an emergency, or route-finding or rappelling in the dark, and useful when skinning uphill before dawn for some backcountry turns. The Cosmo is pretty darn bright, but few ultralight headlamps match the Spot’s 200 lumens. The choice comes down to how you intend to use a headlamp.

Black Diamond Cosmo
Black Diamond Cosmo

The Spot’s unique PowerTap technology allows you to simply tap the right side of the casing (marked by a bulb icon) to cycle between the TriplePower LED and SinglePower LED—a feature I liked for circumstances such as rolling into a campsite late at night in the Panamint Range, after a few hours of backpacking in the dark, and switching from the brightest light for hiking to medium brightness for pitching my tent. The Spot also has dimming capability in red LED mode.

 

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up for my FREE email newsletter now.

 

They have an identical, streamlined housing, with an inset power button that rarely turns on accidentally, an adjustable, comfortably wide headband, and a battery compartment that’s easily opened with the flip of a small lever, requiring no tools. BD says the Spot’s burn time (how long it operates on one set of batteries) ranges from 50 to 200 hours, the Cosmo’s from 50 hours to 250 hours. I took several typical trips with both without having to replace the batteries.

My take: If you just want a headlamp that’s reliable, lightweight, functional in typical dayhiking and backpacking situations, and inexpensive, the Black Diamond Cosmo is a good value. But for only a few more dollars, the Spot offers high-performance features and brightness at a hard-to-beat price.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog by clicking any of these links or the text ad below to purchase a Black Diamond Spot at moosejaw.comems.comsunnysports.com, or rei.com, or a Black Diamond Cosmo at moosejaw.com.

 

Tell me what you think.

I spent a lot of time writing this review, so if you enjoyed it, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons below, and leave a comment or question at the bottom of this story. I’d really appreciate it.

 

See all of my reviews of headlamps, hiking gear, and backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See all of my Gear Reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

 

You live for the outdoors. The Big Outside helps you get out there. Subscribe now and a get free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-black-diamond-spot-and-cosmo-headlamps/feed/ 4 19048
Review: Western Mountaineering Summerlite Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-western-mountaineering-summerlite-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-western-mountaineering-summerlite-sleeping-bag/#comments Thu, 19 May 2016 10:00:07 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=18985 Read on

]]>
Western Mountaineering Summerlite sleeping bag.
Western Mountaineering Summerlite sleeping bag

Ultralight Sleeping Bag
Western Mountaineering Summerlite
$420, 1 lb. 3 oz. (regular)
Sizes: short, regular, and long
backcountry.com

The lightest sleeping bags for summer camping—meaning for temperatures from the 50s Fahrenheit to around freezing—rarely include features like a hood, a draft tube, and a two-way, full-length zipper. The Summerlite has all of those while weighing in at barely north of a pound and remaining true to its 32-degree rating. On a weeklong, late-March trip in southern Utah, I slept in it for nights of car camping and backpacking in the Dirty Devil River canyon, when the low dipped into the high 20s, and found it warm, spacious enough, and supremely packable.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Western Mountaineering Summerlite
Western Mountaineering Summerlite

With 10 ounces of 850-fill down feathers packed inside continuous baffles that encircle the bag, the Summerlite’s four inches of loft looks pretty fat for a summer bag. Continuous baffles are simple fabric tubes enwrapping the bag, within which you can shift down feathers, moving them to the top or bottom side of the bag, depending on how much warmth you need. I did not experience any unwanted migration of feathers—although that’s more common with continuous baffles than other types of baffles (and down can clump and distribute unevenly if you wash a bag with continuous baffles and don’t dry it properly). Unlike with some lightweight bags, the Summerlite has a thick, insulated draft tube inside the zipper to keep out drafts. The full-length zipper let me ventilate on nights in the 40s; you can also open it up enough to use it almost like a quilt, with your feet tucked inside the foot box. The zipper moves smoothly, and when it occasionally snagged briefly, I could easily pull the ulralight fabric out of the zipper.

For a lightweight mummy, it has good space—enough to get dressed inside. I like the 59-inch shoulder girth, which is thermally efficient, as a mummy bag should be: It warmed up in seconds as soon as I slipped inside. But I could also partly extend my arms while sleeping on my side, so that when I did seal the bag up tight on colder nights, I didn’t feel shrink-wrapped. But I’m of average build; broader people might find the bag snug. I could close the adjustable hood up snugly, leave it wide open, or micro-adjust the face opening within a wide range.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

Western Mountaineering Summerlite hood
Western Mountaineering Summerlite hood

The bag packs into a one-ounce stuff sack that’s only slightly larger than a bread loaf. Construction is excellent and the bag should last many years. The first quality sleeping bag I ever bought was a Western Mountaineering, and I got a quarter-century of use out of it without the bag losing any loft or anything breaking (and I handed it down to someone who will get more years out of it).

One demerit: The hood adjustment strap hangs in the face of side sleepers. Still, the Summerlite is one of the lightest and most packable summer bags you will find that’s fully featured and built to last, and one of the best choices out there for ounce counters.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog by clicking this link to purchase a Western Mountaineering Summerlite at backcountry.com.

See all reviews of sleeping bags, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside, and my articles “Pro Tips: How to Choose a Sleeping Bag” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See reviews organized by categories and buying tips at my Gear Reviews page.

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-western-mountaineering-summerlite-sleeping-bag/feed/ 1 18985
Gear Review: Marmot Scandium Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-marmot-scandium-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-marmot-scandium-sleeping-bag/#respond Wed, 14 Oct 2015 10:00:09 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=15278 Read on

]]>
Marmot Scandium sleeping bag.
Marmot Scandium

Three-Season Sleeping Bag
Marmot Scandium (20° F)
$199, 2 lbs. 14 oz. (regular)
Sizes: regular and long ($219)
marmot.com

A backpacking truth: You can say what you want about the details of a bag’s construction, but the real measure of its value comes on nights when you need it to accomplish just one function—keep you warm. Beside Quiet Lake at over 9,200 feet in Idaho’s White Cloud Mountains in early October, I awoke to find frost coating much of our gear that we’d left outside the tent; the overnight low had dropped nearly to freezing. And I had not even noticed the cold, snoozing comfortably all night in the Scandium.

When overnight rain blew into our tent through a vestibule door (before I closed it) in the White Clouds, dampening one side of the bag, its warmth wasn’t compromised at all. The explanation: The Scandium is stuffed with a blend of water-resistant, 650-fill down on top and Marmot’s proprietary SpiralFill synthetic insulation on bottom. A combination designed precisely for wet circumstances, it also marries the benefits of down (low weight and bulk) and synthetic insulation (retains warmth when wet), and helps keep the bag’s price well below the sticker on many competitor bags.

A mummy-style bag with a 20° F rating provided by Marmot (and an EN comfort rating of 19° F for men and 30° F for women), it’s plenty warm for most three-season trips, even for the coldest sleepers. My wife gets cold easily, and normally uses a 15° F down bag for summer trips in the mountains, and she found this bag very warm for three nights backpacking the Rockwall Trail in Canada’s Kootenay National Park in August, with lows near 40° F. I also slept in it in October in the City of Rocks, on a calm night with a low in the mid-40s, when the full-length, two-way zipper proved its value, letting me ventilate as much as needed.

Marmot Scandium hood
Marmot Scandium hood

Despite the price, it doesn’t skimp on features like a hood that cinches snugly around your head and an adjustable collar around the front of the neck to seal in heat. The girth of 61 ins. at the shoulders, 58 ins. at the hips, and 45 ins. at the feet achieves a balance between thermal efficiency and reasonable space to move around. The draft tube didn’t snag in the zipper, and the nylon ripstop and polyester shell has not leaked any feathers. Bonus value: It comes with a compression stuff sack.

You can pay a lot more for a three-season sleeping bag, mostly to get one that uses only water-resistant down with a higher fill rating, making it lighter and more compact. But for anyone on a budget, the Marmot Scandium delivers high value for your dollar.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog by clicking this link to buy this product at backcountry.com.

See all of my reviews of sleeping bags that I like and all of my reviews of backpacking gear at The Big Outside, and my articles “Pro Tips: How to Choose a Sleeping Bag” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

See also my stories “My 10 Most-Read Gear Reviews,” “Buying Gear? Read This First,” “5 Tips For Spending Less on Hiking and Backpacking Gear,” “The Simple Equation of Ultralight Backpacking: Less Weight = More Fun,” and “Ask Me: How Do We Begin Lightening Up Our Backpacking Gear?

NOTE: I’ve been testing gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See all of my reviews by clicking on the Gear Reviews category at left or in the main menu.

—Michael Lanza

I invite you to subscribe to this blog by entering your email address in the box at the top of the left sidebar or on my About page, and follow my adventures on Facebook and Twitter.

This blog and website is my full-time job and I rely on the support of readers. If you like what you see here, please help me continue producing The Big Outside by making a donation using the Support button at the top of the left sidebar or below. Thank you for your support.









The Big Outside is proud to partner with Osprey Packs. Please help support my blog by liking and following my sponsors on Facebook and other social media and telling them you appreciate their support for The Big Outside.

 

 

 

 

 

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-marmot-scandium-sleeping-bag/feed/ 0 15278
Gear Review: Vitchelo V800 Headlamp https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-vitchelo-v800-headlamp/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-vitchelo-v800-headlamp/#respond Fri, 02 Oct 2015 10:00:35 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=15109 Read on

]]>
Vitchelo V800 headlamp
Vitchelo V800 headlamp

Ultralight Headlamp
Vitchelo V800
$50, 3 oz. (with 3 AAA batteries, included)
store.vitchelo.com

On dark nights and early mornings from New Hampshire’s Presidential Range to Idaho’s Boise Mountains and New Zealand’s Kepler and Dusky tracks, and other trips, I needed a headlamp that was very light, reliable, versatile, and above all, bright. Vitchelo’s V800 met all of those standards, plus proved itself to be reliable and distinctly simple to use.

I tested the V800 on a three-night, January ski trip to a backcountry yurt in Idaho’s Boise Mountains; on New Zealand’s Kepler Track and Dusky Track in early March, including hiking in the dark in dense, dark forest; and used it a lot on a five-day, family backpacking trip down Paria Canyon in Utah and Arizona in late March, without the batteries running low, even though those batteries had already gone through my New Zealand trip. When we hiked the last 90 minutes of a 17-mile dayhike over the four summits of the Northern Presidential Range in New Hampshire in the dark in June, I handed this headlamp to my 14-year-old son, so he’d have a bright light to descend very steep, rocky, slippery trail. He also used it for three nights on a 34-mile backpacking trip the Rockwall Trail in Kootenay National Park in the Canadian Rockies in August, and a two-day backpacking trip in Idaho’s White Cloud Mountains in September.

The Big Outside is proud to partner with sponsor Osprey Packs. Please help support my blog by liking and following my sponsors on Facebook and other social media and telling them you appreciate their support for The Big Outside.

The V800’s white LED bulb has three brightness levels and a blinking light; and the red LED bulb has solid and blinking modes. Vitchelo claims the range of the brightest, 168-lumen white power is 360 feet/110 meters, which would rank it among the brightest ultralight headlamps on the market; the useful range looked to me like well over 200 feet on a dark, winter night in the forest. Best of all about the V800: It has separate buttons for red and white lights—keeping it simple. You just click each to scroll through the lighting levels. The buttons rise only slightly above the headlamp housing, so I never had a problem with the headlamp turning on accidentally in a pack (although there’s no lockout mode to actually prevent that from happening). Unlike with some headlamps, the back of the water-resistant housing opens easily to access the battery compartment, not requiring a tool. The adjustable headband remained comfortable for long periods of hiking.

I give it one demerit: It’s not rechargeable—it runs on three AAA batteries (included). If you’d like a headlamp that’s lightweight, powerful, and doesn’t require an engineering degree to figure out, give the Vitchelo V800 a look.

See all of my reviews of headlamps, hiking gear, and backpacking gear that I like.

See also my stories “The Simple Equation of Ultralight Backpacking: Less Weight = More Fun,” “Buying Gear? Read This First,” “5 Tips For Spending Less on Hiking and Backpacking Gear,” and “Ask Me: How Do We Begin Lightening Up Our Backpacking Gear?

NOTE: I’ve been testing gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See all of my reviews by clicking on the Gear Reviews category at left or in the main menu.

—Michael Lanza

I invite you to subscribe to this blog by entering your email address in the box in the left sidebar, and follow my adventures on Facebook and Twitter.

This blog and website is my full-time job and I rely on the support of readers. If you like what you see here, please help me continue producing The Big Outside by making a donation using the Support button at the top of the left sidebar or below. Thank you for your support.









 

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-vitchelo-v800-headlamp/feed/ 0 15109
Gear Review: Princeton Tec Sync Headlamp https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-princeton-tec-sync-headlamp/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-princeton-tec-sync-headlamp/#comments Fri, 04 Sep 2015 10:00:50 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=14391 Read on

]]>
Princeton Tec Sync
Princeton Tec Sync

Ultralight Headlamp
Princeton Tec Sync
$30, 2.9 oz. (including three AAA batteries)
moosejaw.com

Hiking down the steep, rocky, frequently slippery trails of Mount Washington in the dark for the final 90 minutes of a 17-mile, 6,000-vertical-foot dayhike over the four summits of New Hampshire’s Northern Presidential Range, the last thing I needed was a headlamp that wasn’t bright enough or lost power. With the Sync, those issues weren’t a problem. In fact, its brightest setting threw a broad beam that illuminated the lower Tuckerman Ravine Trail well enough that two teenagers in our party who had forgotten their headlamps could see. Considering also that the Sync is one of the lightest, cheapest, and simplest headlamps on the market today, and it’s hard to find fault with it.

I also used the Sync on a four-day, 34-mile family backpacking trip on the Rockwall Trail in Kootenay National Park in the Canadian Rockies, and a three-day, 34-mile backpacking trip on the Royal Arch Loop in the Grand Canyon; and I carried it (didn’t need to use it) on a 25-mile dayhike in the Grand Canyon, from Hermits Rest to Bright Angel Trailhead.

 

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up for my FREE email newsletter now.

 

If you don’t need a headlamp that requires reading a manual and costs more than your hiking shoes, the Sync may be just what you’ve been looking for. It has five modes that deliver all the versatility that virtually any backcountry user could need: dual beam (max output 150 lumens and max range 58 meters on fresh batteries), spot, high flood, low flood, and red. One dial spins quickly through the modes—no multiple clicking—and there’s a lockout position that prevents accidental turning on inside a pack or a pocket.

Burn time ranges from 75 to 200 hours—so you not only won’t lose power at a crucial moment, you don’t even really have to carry extra batteries (unless you’re on a long, committing expedition). It’s not rechargeable—it runs on three AAA batteries (included). And that’s about the only negative comment I can think of making about the Sync.

BUY IT NOW: You can support The Big Outside by purchasing a Princeton Tec Sync at moosejaw.com or rei.com.

 

Tell me what you think.

I spent a lot of time writing this story, so if you enjoyed it, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons below, and leave a comment or question at the bottom of this story. I’d really appreciate it.

 

See all of my reviews of headlamps, hiking gear, and backpacking gear that I like.

 


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip. Click here to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Follow my adventures on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and Youtube.


 

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all of my gear reviews.

—Michael Lanza

 

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures. Subscribe now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-princeton-tec-sync-headlamp/feed/ 2 14391
Gear Review: Sea to Summit X-Pot Set 31 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-sea-to-summit-x-pot-set-31/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-sea-to-summit-x-pot-set-31/#comments Wed, 26 Aug 2015 10:00:21 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=14212 Read on

]]>
Collapsible Cook Set
Sea to Summit X-Pot Set 31
$120, 1 lb. 6 oz.
Set includes a 2.8L X-Pot with lid, two X-Bowls, two X-Mugs, all collapsible
rei.com

At Helmet Falls camp on the first night of a four-day, 34-mile, family backpacking trip on the Rockwall Trail in Kootenay National Park in the Canadian Rockies, a group of backpackers cooking near us looked at my X-Pot set and one asked, “What is that and who makes it?” When I answered him, he responded, “I gotta get one of those. Or I’m going to watch which bear locker you put your food and cooking gear in later and take it.” I was pretty sure he was kidding—but not entirely certain. The collapsible X-Pot cooking set is sure to change the way we think about cooking systems for backpacking, and many backpackers will covet it.

Sea to Summit X-Set 31 packed.
Sea to Summit X-Set 31 packed.

The key feature is the collapsible, heat-resistant, food-grade silicone walls that lock in place on the 2.8L/3-quart pot, which has a 6063-T6, hardened alloy aluminum base. My family boiled water, cooked pasta, soups, mac ‘n’ cheese and other messy dinners that we found easy to clean from the pot’s bottom and walls, and pouring hot water from the pot was a breeze, with no spills. Both of the 0.7L/22-oz. X-Bowls and 0.5L/16-oz. X-Mugs in this set have collapsible sides, allowing them to nest inside the X-Pot. The clear, plastic pot lid has a strainer for pouring out hot water, and the flexible handles on the pot lock onto the lid when the entire set is collapsed, keeping it closed up for storage and eliminating the need for a pot gripper. When stored, the complete set measures a mere 21.3cm/8.4 inches in diameter and 3.8cm/1.5 inches tall. It’s like a full cook set for two people packs down to the size of less than half a cook set. (My family of four supplemented this set with a couple more mugs.)


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Sea to Summit X-Bowls and X-Mugs, assembled and collapsed.
Sea to Summit X-Bowls and X-Mugs, assembled and collapsed.

The X-Mugs are marked on the inside for measuring in cups and milliliters and the X-Bowls are marked in milliliters. To avoid damaging the pot’s walls by exposing them to direct flame, or damaging the lid, use the X-Pot only on camp stoves, not in a campfire or on any stove that has a burner wider than the X-Pot’s base (such as a kitchen stove), and not in an oven (such as a Dutch oven). Sea to Summit also warns against putting the set in a dishwasher or using the scouring side of a sponge when cleaning it by hand.

File this under brilliant. While not the lightest cooking system out there, the X-Pot and its accessories change the game when it comes to fitting your cooking system inside your pack—showing us that a cook set doesn’t have to be bulky. Sea to Summit’s X-Pot also comes in 1.4-liter and 4-liter sizes, and various X-Sets, a 1.3-liter X-Kettle and a 20.3cm/8-inch X-Pan are available.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to buy the Sea to Summit X-Set 31 or any individual X-Seal & Go Cup, X-Cup, or X-Bowl at rei.com or seatosummit.com.

See all of my reviews of backpacking cooking systems and backpacking stoves that I like and all of my reviews of backpacking gear.

NOTE: I’ve been testing gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See all of my reviews by clicking on the Gear Reviews category at left or in the main menu.

—Michael Lanza

You live for the outdoors. The Big Outside helps you get out there.
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-sea-to-summit-x-pot-set-31/feed/ 4 14212
Gear Review: Kelty Dualist 20 Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-kelty-dualist-20-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-kelty-dualist-20-sleeping-bag/#respond Fri, 24 Jul 2015 10:00:50 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=13651 Read on

]]>
Kelty Dualist 20
Kelty Dualist 20

Three-Season Sleeping Bag
Kelty Dualist 20
$150, 3 lbs. 1 oz. (regular)
Sizes: regular and long ($160)
kelty.com

Outfitting yourself with good-quality backpacking gear when you’re on a budget can be a challenge, especially core gear like your pack, boots, tent, and sleeping bag. That’s why I wanted to test out Kelty’s competitively priced Dualist 20 on a weeklong rafting trip down Idaho’s Middle Fork of the Salmon River, where I discovered this dual-insulation bag delivers a lot of value for its bargain-basement price.

With an EN comfort rating of 22° F for men and 33° F for women, the Dualist 20 sports a hybrid construction that combines 550-fill, water-resistant DriDown as an outer layer of insulation (the layer beneath the shell) with ThermaPro synthetic insulation closer to your body. This isn’t a new concept—manufacturers have for years used a combination of down and synthetic insulation in bags to achieve the benefits of both: a good warmth-to-weight ratio from down, and the ability of synthetic insulation to keep you warm even when it’s wet. But you rarely, if ever, see a dual-insulation bag at this price. The Dualist 20 was certainly more than equal to the challenge of keeping me warm on the six nights I slept in it, inside a tent four nights and under the stars on two nights, in the mild temperatures I encountered in July on the Middle Fork of the Salmon (lows in the high 40s Fahrenheit). The box-baffle construction keeps the insulation from migrating, preventing cold spots. I sleep warm and I’d probably be comfortable in this bag on nights down to 25° to 30° F.

Kelty Dualist 20
Kelty Dualist 20

I really like its roominess from the shoulders right through to the foot box: I could sleep in any position without the straitjacket feeling I get in some ultralight mummy bags. I could easily get dressed or undressed inside the bag in cold temps; it’s roomy for bigger people. When condensation in my tent dripped onto the bag, the water merely beaded atop the 50-denier polyester taffeta shell, never affecting my warmth (though more water would eventually penetrate that shell). The 60-inch zipper opens from top or bottom, letting you ventilate at your feet and head while keeping your body core warmer. The Dualist has a draft tube along the zipper, a draft collar, and an adjustable hood that closes comfortably around your face.

Sure, there are tradeoffs for such a good price: The Dualist is heavier and bulkier (stuffed size 9×15 inches) than pricier bags with a comparable temperature rating, and lacks the lighter materials and cutting-edge construction employed in high-end bags that often results in them also being warmer. It also does not come with a storage sack (only a stuff sack); you’d want to buy a cotton storage sack or use an old pillow case so as not to crush the insulation by storing it long-term in its stuff sack. But if you’re looking for functional backpacking gear on a budget, the Dualist, consistent with other Kelty products, delivers good performance and value. Kelty also offers the Dualist 30 (EN 34, $110, 2 lbs. 5 oz. for the regular length).

See all of my reviews of sleeping bags that I like and all of my reviews of backpacking gear at The Big Outside, and my articles “Pro Tips: How to Choose a Sleeping Bag” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

See also my stories “Buying Gear? Read This First,” “5 Tips For Spending Less on Hiking and Backpacking Gear,” “The Simple Equation of Ultralight Backpacking: Less Weight = More Fun,” and “Ask Me: How Do We Begin Lightening Up Our Backpacking Gear?

NOTE: I’ve been testing gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See all of my reviews by clicking on the Gear Reviews category at left or in the main menu.

—Michael Lanza

I invite you to subscribe to this blog by entering your email address in the box at the top of the left sidebar, and follow my adventures on Facebook and Twitter.

The Big Outside is proud to partner with these sponsors. Please help support my blog by liking and following my sponsors on Facebook and other social media and telling them you appreciate their support for The Big Outside.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-kelty-dualist-20-sleeping-bag/feed/ 0 13651
Gear Review: Exped SynMat Hyperlite Air Mattress https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-exped-synmat-hyperlite-air-mattress/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-exped-synmat-hyperlite-air-mattress/#comments Wed, 03 Jun 2015 11:00:07 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=12817 Read on

]]>
Exped SynMat Hyperlite with Schnozzel Pumpbag UL.
Exped SynMat Hyperlite with Schnozzel Pumpbag UL.

Insulated Air Mattress
Exped SynMat Hyperlite
$169, 14 oz. (medium, including stuff sack)
Sizes:
Medium (72×20.5×2.8 ins., packed size 3.5×7.5 ins.)
Medium wide ($179, 72×25.6×2.8 ins., packed size 4×7.5 ins.)
Long wide ($189, 77.6×25.6×2.8 ins., packed size 4×8 ins.)
moosejaw.com

How light and compact can an air mattress get and still deliver a comfortable night’s sleep on the ground? Under a pound for a full-length, insulated air mat, I discovered after using the SynMat Hyperlite on backpacking trips on the 34-mile Royal Arch Loop in the Grand Canyon, the 41-mile Timberline Trail around Mount Hood, the 34-mile Rockwall Trail in Canada’s Kootenay National Park, and a weekend of camping at Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve.

A full-length air mattress with nearly three inches of thickness, the SynMat Hyperlite nonetheless packs down to the size of a one-liter bottle and weighs under a pound—less than every other air mat I’ve reviewed except the Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite, which is slightly thinner. Credit the compact package to a few design factors: light, 20-denier fabric (compared to more-durable 75-denier in some air mats), which is also used in Exped’s SynMat UL and DownMat UL; a tapered, mummy-style design, which is fine for people who don’t flop around a lot in their sleep; and using less insulation while retaining enough insulation for three-season camping.

 

Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter, or enter your email address in the box in the left sidebar or at the bottom of this story. Click here to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Follow my adventures on Facebook, TwitterInstagram, and Youtube.

 

Exped SynMat Hyperlite and Schnozzel Pumpbag.
Exped SynMat Hyperlite valve and Schnozzel Pumpbag.

I slept comfortably every night, on ground of packed dirt at Mount Hood and the City of Rocks, and on a flat, sandstone ledge and atop ground littered with small stones in the Grand Canyon. I could inflate the SynMat with 14 strong puffs of breath. But I preferred using the Exped Schnozzel Pumpbag UL ($39, 2 oz., medium), which has a valve that mates with the SynMat’s valve: Using it, I could inflate the air mat in about a minute. (Connect the valves, open the sack to fill it with air, then roll it up to force air into the air mat). The Schnozzel doubles as a roll-top, water-resistant stuff sack large enough for a sleeping bag.

The SynMat Hyperlite carries an independently measured R-value of 3.3—pretty respectable for its size and weight. (R-value is a measure of the insulation’s ability to resist heat transfer—to prevent your body heat from passing readily through the air mat to the colder ground.) Temps dropped to around 50° F on my nights in the Grand Canyon, on the Timberline Trail, and at the City of Rocks, for which the mat had more than enough insulation. Exped provides a temp rating of 21° F for it.

 

Plan your next great backpacking adventure using my downloadable, expert e-guides.
Click here now to learn more.

 

Exped SynMat Hyperlite packed
Exped SynMat Hyperlite packed.

Microfiber insulation fills each of the tubular chambers making up the SynMat. Exped bonds the insulation to both the top and the bottom of each chamber, so that the insulation expands and fills the chamber after you unpack the mat; otherwise, synthetic insulation can remain compressed, compromising how well it insulates you from the ground.

While it’s not quite as plush as the most comfortable backcountry air mattresses I’ve slept on, it’s certainly comfortable, which makes its low weight and compact size very attractive.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog by clicking either of these links to buy an Exped SynMat Hyperlite air mattress at moosejaw.com or rei.com.

 

Tell me what you think.

I spent a lot of time writing this story, so if you enjoyed it, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons below, and leave a comment or question at the bottom of this story. I’d really appreciate it.

 

See my other reviews of backpacking air matresses that I like and all of my reviews of backpacking gear. See also my Pro Tips articles “How to Choose a Sleeping Bag” and “Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all of my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

 

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures. Subscribe now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-exped-synmat-hyperlite-air-mattress/feed/ 2 12817
Gear Review: Sea to Summit Comfort Light Insulated Air Mattress https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-sea-to-summit-comfort-light-insulated-air-mattress/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-sea-to-summit-comfort-light-insulated-air-mattress/#comments Fri, 06 Mar 2015 12:00:15 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=11567 Read on

]]>
Sea to Summit Comfort Light Insulated Air Mattress
Sea to Summit Comfort Light Insulated Air Mattress

Insulated Air Mattress
Sea to Summit Comfort Light Insulated Air Mattress
$170, 1 lb. 5 oz. (regular, including stuff sack)
Sizes: small (66×21.5×2.5 ins., $170, 1 lb. 4 oz., packed size 5×9 ins.), regular 72×21.5×2.5 ins., packed size 4.5×9 ins.), large (79x25x2.5 ins., $190, 1 lb. 9 oz., packed size 4.5×10 ins.)
moosejaw.com

I like to hike long days when I backpack, so I want the lightest gear that does the job. But I also like a comfortable air mat to sleep on after a 20-mile day. Those objectives of comfort and low weight sometimes conflict. But on a four-day, 86-mile backpacking trip in northern Yosemite National Park in September, I slept just about as well as I do in my bed at home on a Sea to Summit Comfort Light Insulated air mat, which weighs under a pound and a half and packs down to about one-and-a-half times the size of a liter bottle.

While just as thick—two-and-a-half inches—as the cushiest backcountry air mats on the market today, the Comfort Light feels exceptionally plush because of what you can’t see inside it. It employs a matrix of 324 (in the small) to 396 (in the large) air cells that move independently to conform to your body’s shape without affecting adjacent cells. Translated to backpacker-speak, that means you don’t flatten out spots under, say, your hipbones or shoulders. The Comfort Light uses a hybrid design of dual-layer construction in the torso to maximize comfort and insulation value and single-layer construction in the head and legs to minimize weight. Thermolite synthetic insulation has an R-value of 4.2 (Sea to Summit says that rating comes from an independent lab), making it good for three-season camping.

 

Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter, or enter your email address in the box in the left sidebar or at the bottom of this story. Click here to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Follow my adventures on Facebook, TwitterInstagram, and Youtube.

 

Sea to Summit Comfort Light air mat stuffed.
Sea to Summit Comfort Light air mat stuffed.

The air mat has two, one-way valves, one of which deflates it instantly, the other for inflating the air mat by blowing into the valve or using either a Jet Stream Pump Sack or, even better, a Sea to Summit Air Stream Dry Sack, a 35-liter, seam-sealed, roll-top dry bag: Fill the air mat by blowing one big breath of air into the sack, attaching it to the air mat’s inflate valve, and compressing the sack to push air into the mat. Repeating this two to three times fills the air mat, making it firm, in a few minutes. The shell material, 40-denier TPU laminated nylon, compares with other high-end, backpacking air mats, and is tougher than the 30-denier fabric used on some ultralight air mats.

While I’ll still choose my own bed over an air mat when I’m at home, Sea to Summit’s Comfort Light assures me restful nights when I’m pounding out long days on the trail.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog by clicking either of these links to buy a Sea to Summit Comfort Light Insulated Air Mattress at moosejaw.com or rei.com.

See my other reviews of backpacking air matresses that I like and all my reviews of backpacking gear. See also my related Pro Tips articles “Pro Tips: How to Choose a Sleeping Bag” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all of my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

 

You live for the outdoors. The Big Outside helps you get out there. Subscribe now and a get free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-sea-to-summit-comfort-light-insulated-air-mattress/feed/ 6 11567
Review: Sea to Summit Escapist Tarp https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-sea-to-summit-escapist-tarp/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-sea-to-summit-escapist-tarp/#respond Tue, 30 Sep 2014 22:00:03 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=9787 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Tarp
Sea to Summit Escapist Tarp
$230, 12 oz. (large)
Sizes: Large 10 ft. x 10 ft./3x3m, medium 6 ft. 6 ins.x8 ft. 6 ins./2×2.6m ($200, 9.5 oz.)
backcountry.com

When rain began falling while a friend and I were sleeping under the stars in Yosemite National Park’s Grand Canyon of the Tuolumne River, we grabbed our gear, pitched this tarp in just a few minutes, and had dry shelter for the night. Besides using the Escapist Tarp on that four-day, 85-mile, backpacking trip, I camped under it with my son in Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve, where the tarp held up well throughout a windy night. For late-summer and fall trips where I won’t encounter bugs, there’s no need to carry the weight and bulk of a tent. The Escapist tarp provides a sturdy, spacious, and durable ultralight shelter from rain, acts as a wind break, and on calm nights will keep you a little warmer than you’d be sleeping under the stars because it traps some warmth.

Sea to Summit Escapist Tarp tie-out point.
Sea to Summit Escapist Tarp tie-out point.

The large tarp was capacious for two of us and our gear when pitched A-frame using two trekking poles extended to create a peak ceiling height several inches above our heads. It can comfortably sleep three and would fit a fourth person if needed (with pairs sleeping at opposite ends). Its useable floor space varies depending on how you pitch it, and several configurations are possible because the eight Hypalon tie-out points each hold the tip of a trekking pole and have cord adjusters and reflective guylines attached. It pitched taut and stood up to moderate winds even when we didn’t use the middle guylines on each side. I could pitch it alone, although that took about twice as long as two people pitching it.

Sea to Summit Escapist Tarp stuffed
Sea to Summit Escapist Tarp stuffed.

The waterproof, 15-denier silicone- and polyurethane-coated nylon fabric is tough for its weight and showed no damage when the wind rubbed it against granite, but I’d be careful not to abuse it too much. The tarp also provides good coverage as a sun or rain awning for cooking or hanging out in camp on wet trips. Best of all, this shelter fits into a stuff sack the size of a Nalgene bottle (not including stakes). Printed on the stuff sack are diagrammed instructions on ways to pitch it. Sea to Summit says the medium tarp sleeps two when set up close to the ground as an A-Frame. But for the nominal additional weight and bulk of the large tarp, I prefer its added space for spreading out and storing gear.

Sea to Summit sells separately two types of bug netting designed for using with the large Escapist Tarp, as well as a groundsheet ($59, 6 oz.). The Ultra-Mesh Bug Tent ($199, 14 oz.) has a 15-denier mesh canopy, a 15-denier, seam-taped, bathtub-style floor, and a zippered door. The Ultra-Vis Bug Net ($79, 5 oz.) is constructed entirely of 15-denier mesh and has no floor; you either stake it to the ground or tuck its edge under your sleeping mats, and get in and out by lifting a corner. Attaching to the tarp, both bug shelters do the job, but are much more limited in space than the tarp, with just enough room inside for two people.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate this links to purchase a Sea to Summit Escapist Tarp at backcountry.com or seatosummitusa.com.

See my review of “The 8 (Very) Best Backpacking Tents” and all of my reviews of backpacking tents, ultralight backpacking tents, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear that I like.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See all of my Gear Reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-sea-to-summit-escapist-tarp/feed/ 0 9787
Gear Review: 5 Camping Essentials https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-5-camping-essentials/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-5-camping-essentials/#comments Thu, 26 Jun 2014 22:00:28 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=9057 Read on

]]>
There’s a 10 essentials list for hiking and backpacking—but what’s absolutely essential for camping? Put on my list of essentials these give items that add convenience and comfort: a super bright lantern; a lightweight, collapsible chair and small table; a soft-sided, highly portable cooler; and a tiny charger to resuscitate your phones. They will become staples of my trips ranging from car camping to rafting.

Mr. Beams Lantern
Mr. Beams Lantern

Mr. Beams UltraBright LED Lantern
$40, 1 lb. 4 oz. (2 lbs. 7 oz. with four D batteries)
Size: 7.25×3 inches
mrbeams.com

This lantern lights up an entire campsite—I haven’t seen a brighter lantern that’s still compact and lightweight enough to hang from a ceiling loop inside a tent. It projects 260 lumens of light and lasts over 30 hours on four D batteries (mounted in a compartment accessed by twisting off the lantern’s base), and has a low-power, 20-lumen setting that’s perfect for reading (and prolonging battery life). A USB output port lets you fully charge three smartphones, and the lantern still holds enough juice for 15 hours of light on one set of batteries. An auto shut-off feature turns the light off after an hour; it blinks before turning off so you’re not left standing in the dark. This tough, weather-resistant torch is good for the yard or camping and the company says its LEDs never need replacing.

Helinox Chair One
Helinox Chair One

Helinox Chair One
$100, 2 lbs. (including stuff sack)
Size: 20.5x20x25.6 inches assembled, 14x4x5 inches packed

Helinox Table
$100, 1 lb. 8 oz. (including stuff sack)
Size: 24x16x16 inches assembled, 16x4x4 inches packed
bigagnes.com

I test a lot of new gear, and the items that consistently attract the most coveting looks from friends are those that deliver added comfort for little extra weight. So the Helinox Chair One left jaws hanging on a camping trip to Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve. Assembled quickly and intuitively, made of nylon fabric and anodized DAC aluminum poles—the same material used in poles for better backpacking tents—the Chair One is strong enough to support folks up to 320 pounds, according to Big Agnes. It held a 200-pound friend without a problem, although it’s slightly wobbly with bigger people in it. At two pounds and more compact than the Sunday New York Times when packed, it’s perfect for car camping, river and sea kayaking trips, or short backpacking trips to a backcountry base camp.

Helinox Table
Helinox Table

Similarly, the Helinox Table assembles almost as quickly—it took me just a few minutes to figure it out without instructions the first time—and holds plates and drinks for a couple of people. While it’s not made for preparing food on or holding more than several pounds, it’s a nice convenience when you’re camping somewhere that lacks a picnic table, like on a rafting trip.

IceMule Classic Cooler
$50, 1 lb. 13 oz., 15L
Sizes: 10L ($40), 15L, 20L ($60)
icemulecooler.com

IceMule Classic Cooler
IceMule Classic Cooler

On a family camping trip to Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve, I used this soft-sided, roll-top bag as my second cooler, filling it with several bottles and cans and ice cubes. Insulated to keep contents cold for 24 hours, it fits easily into compact spaces in the back of a car, and folds up small when empty—making it much more convenient and portable than a hard-sided cooler, although it certainly doesn’t keep ice intact for nearly as long.

An air valve lets you release air from the insulation layer to compress the IceMule when storing it. The exterior fabric of non-toxic, PU-coated vinyl could take a bullet. It’s ideal for short-duration events: think outdoor concerts and plays or for camping when you need a little extra cooler space for a day and evening but don’t want something that takes up a lot of car space.

RAVPower RP-PB16 Element 7800mAh External Battery with Camping Lantern
$30, 8 oz.
Size: 3.7×2.3×0.8 inches
ravpower.com

RAVPower RP-PB16 charger
RAVPower RP-PB16 charger

Small enough to fit in the palm of your hand, this portable charger restores a full charge to up to three mobile phones. Besides being handy for car camping, I’ll pack it for an upcoming, weeklong, hut-to-hut trek where we’ll want to keep phones charged for everything from taking photos and videos to reading and the option of making calls when we reach areas with service. A built-in, pop-up lantern projects enough light to read by in a tent or campsite.

NOTE: I’ve been testing gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See all of my reviews by clicking on the Gear Reviews category at left or in the main menu.

—Michael Lanza

 

 

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-5-camping-essentials/feed/ 2 9057
Gear Review: Sierra Designs Mobile Mummy 800 Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-sierra-designs-mobile-mummy-800-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-sierra-designs-mobile-mummy-800-sleeping-bag/#comments Tue, 17 Jun 2014 13:56:14 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=8960 Read on

]]>
Sierra Designs Mobile Mummy 800
Sierra Designs Mobile Mummy 800

Two-Season Sleeping Bag
Sierra Designs Mobile Mummy 800 (30° F)
$330, 1 lbs. 12 oz. (reg); $350 (long)
Sizes: men’s regular and long, women’s regular ($370)
moosejaw.com

It’s a chilly morning in the backcountry and the last thing you want to do is exit your warm sleeping bag to step outside. With the Mobile Mummy 800, you don’t have to—you can wear your sleeping bag outside to fire up breakfast or take care of other business. Although the concept of a wearable sleeping bag that converts to a long down jacket isn’t new, Sierra Designs has achieved a nice kind of perfection with the Mobile Mummy.

I slept—and lived part-time—in this bag for three nights of camping at Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve, when the low temperatures ranged from the mid-30s to high 40s Fahrenheit. I slept in a tent but always got up and out of the tent early in the morning, in the coldest hours of the day, when we had a lot of wind. The bag seems true to its EN comfort rating of 39° F and limit rating of 29° F: I sleep fairly warm, but didn’t even have to zip the bag up completely or seal up the hood on a night and early morning in the mid-30s (I wore a wool hat outside).

 

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up for my FREE email newsletter now.

 

The design is so simple it’s a wonder we don’t see more bags that convert to down jackets (and my friends were coveting the Mobile Mummy when I wore it around camp). Zipperless arm holes allow you to stick your arms outside the bag; the holes are large enough for full range of arm motion, and have overlapping fabric to completely seal out the cold when you pull your arms inside. The two-way, full-length center zipper lets you stick your legs out of the bag’s bottom, and toggles secure the bag’s foot end up behind your butt, allowing you to walk around naturally. The result is a hooded down jacket that extends below the butt—very warm, especially with the hood up. It’s missing only sleeves, of course, so I needed a warm base layer on cold mornings. I like center zippers because they’re easier to open and close; and I’m a side sleeper, so a center zipper tab doesn’t dangle in my face like a side zipper.

The bag is stuffed with water-resistant, 800-fill DriDown insulation, which retains its ability to insulate even when wet and dries more quickly than traditional down feathers. I only experienced a brief, light rain shower while wearing the bag on this trip, which had no effect on the bag’s warm or loft. The bag is roomy while still fitting like a jacket when worn as one, with space for wearing warm layers. The hood forms a clean fit around my face when I seal it up, and closes up tightly, more like a sleeping-bag hood than a hood on a down jacket. It comes with a 14×7-inch stuff sack, but can be packed to about the size of a one-liter bottle with a compression stuff sack.

 


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Subscribe now to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip. Please follow my adventures on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and Youtube.


 

Besides negating the need to carry a down jacket of comparable warmth—eliminating roughly a pound and some bulk from your backpack—and the convenience of not having to get out of your bag to get up on cold mornings, its long length makes it warmer than a standard-length down jacket. Other than the disadvantage of having a long “jacket” with a bulky back side that occasionally gets in the way—when squatting to relieve yourself, for instance (you have to either carefully hitch it up or just take it off)—there’s hardly a downside to the Mobile Mummy. SD also offers a 15° F version (men’s $380, 2 lbs. 4 oz. regular, $400 long; women’s $420, 2 lbs. 7 oz.).

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog by clicking this link to buy a men’s or women’s Sierra Designs Mobile Mummy bag at moosejaw.com.

 

Tell me what you think.

I spent a lot of time writing this story, so if you enjoyed it, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons below, and leave a comment or question at the bottom of this story. I’d really appreciate it.

 

See my review of another convertible bag, the Exped DreamWalker 450, all of my reviews of sleeping bags that I like and all of my reviews of backpacking gear, and my articles “Pro Tips: How to Choose a Sleeping Bag” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

See also my stories “Buying Gear? Read This First,” “5 Tips For Spending Less on Hiking and Backpacking Gear,” “The Simple Equation of Ultralight Backpacking: Less Weight = More Fun,” and “Ask Me: How Do We Begin Lightening Up Our Backpacking Gear?

NOTE: I’ve been testing gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See all of my reviews by clicking on the Gear Reviews category at left or in the main menu.

—Michael Lanza

 

You live for the outdoors. The Big Outside helps you get out there. Subscribe now and a get free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-sierra-designs-mobile-mummy-800-sleeping-bag/feed/ 2 8960
Gear Review: Sierra Designs Flash 3 Tent https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-sierra-designs-flash-3-tent/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-sierra-designs-flash-3-tent/#respond Tue, 01 Apr 2014 13:00:48 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=8303 Read on

]]>
Sierra Designs Flash 3
Sierra Designs Flash 3

Three-Season Tent
Sierra Designs Flash 3
$400, 4 lbs. 15 oz. (tent and poles only)
sierradesigns.com

Backpacking with my kids amplifies a challenge any backpacker faces: finding a tent that provides good living space and stability without being a burdensome weight or filling your backpack. My kids are young enough that they carry just personal gear (bag, pad, clothes, snacks, water). So on a recent overnight trip with my kids in the Needles District of Utah’s Canyonlands National Park, without my wife or another adult to share the family food and gear load, I took the Flash 3 for a test drive and was blown away by the amount of space it has for a sub-five-pound, freestanding shelter.

The cavernous interior is created by lightweight, hubbed DAC NSL poles that assemble in a flash, and a small, awning pole across the roof. Together, they lift the ceiling to a peak height of 44 inches—but more importantly, provide good headroom out to the side walls, so three adults can sit up comfortably. With a floor measuring 41 square feet (86 inches/218cm x 69 inches/175 cm), and that ample headroom, all but the tallest people can lie in either direction, across the width or length of the tent. I was able to fit my 72-inch-long air mattress across the width, so the kids and I slept with our heads and feet at the doors, with the kind of space between us that I’ve rarely enjoyed in a backcountry tent. Taller people would lay the length of the tent, meaning the person in the middle has to climb over someone to get out. But even in that orientation, there’s space between pads so you’re not elbowing one another.

Sierra Designs Flash 3
Sierra Designs Flash 3

The pole structure and integrated design—with the rainfly attached to the interior canopy—stands up to fierce weather and allows pitching the tent in rain without getting the interior wet, as I discovered with last year’s version of the Flash 2 (which differs primarily in lacking some updates featured in this year’s model). When a violent thunderstorm erupted one afternoon on a five-day family backpacking trip in Oregon’s Eagle Cap Wilderness, I erected the Flash 2 in a few minutes, and it withstood 30-mph gusts that lasted through the 90-minute storm.

The hybrid single- and double-wall design, with a rainfly over the roof and side walls only, eliminates traditional vestibules outside the two doors. That loss is a gain, though, making entering and exiting much easier—the drop doors are huge—while the awning pole prevents rain dripping inside. Plus, the doors have solid panels that zip up over the mesh when you need to keep blowing rain out. Replacing the vestibules are two, seven-square-foot “gear closets” outside the walls rather than the doors, each accessed by a zippered, inside hatch door. So boots and wet stuff get smartly stored out of the way of the doors. Although it’s freestanding, you’ll want to stake out the Flash 3 even on calm nights, otherwise the side walls of the rainfly will lie against the mesh canopy and you’d lose the gear closets.

♦

This blog and website is my full-time job and I rely on the support of readers. If you like what you see here, please help me continue producing The Big Outside by making a donation using the Support button at the top of the left sidebar or below. Thank you for your support.









♦

The big, open doorways and all-mesh interior canopy create excellent ventilation (a rarity in typical, single-wall tents). On our first night in The Needles backcountry, the temperature dropped below freezing and there wasn’t a breath of wind—conditions that usually ensure a frost-covered interior by morning. But even with three of us inside, and the solid door panels only partly open, there wasn’t a bead of condensation. I had similar results in the Flash 2, which collected no condensation on raw, rainy nights and stayed comfortably cool on warm nights.

All in all, the Flash 3 offers great space and stability for its weight, at a competitive price for this category. The new version of the Flash 2 is $300 and 4 lbs., 12 oz. See more reviews of backpacking tents I like and all of my reviews of backpacking gear.

See my “5 Tips For Buying a Backpacking Tent,” all of my reviews of backpacking tents and backpacking gear, and “My 10 Most-Read Gear Reviews,” “Best New Gear of the Year: My Top 10 Favorites,” “The Simple Equation of Ultralight Backpacking: Less Weight = More Fun,” “Buying Gear? Read This First,” “5 Tips For Spending Less on Hiking and Backpacking Gear,” and “Ask Me: How Do We Begin Lightening Up Our Backpacking Gear?

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog by clicking this link to buy this product at CampSaver.com.

NOTE: I’ve been testing gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See all of my reviews by clicking on the Gear Reviews category at left or in the main menu.

I invite you to subscribe to this blog by entering your email address in the box at the top of the left sidebar, and follow my adventures on Facebook and Twitter.

—Michael Lanza

 

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-sierra-designs-flash-3-tent/feed/ 0 8303
Gear Review: Bosavi Headlamp https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-bosavi-headlamp/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-bosavi-headlamp/#respond Tue, 24 Sep 2013 13:00:05 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=6915 Read on

]]>
Bosavi headlamp
Bosavi headlamp

Rechargeable Ultralight Headlamp
Bosavi
$70, 2 oz. (including rechargeable battery)
Max burn time: 65 hours at low power, six hours at high power
bosavi.com

With an increasing number of headlamps weighing in under four ounces without compromising brightness, the name of the game these days is versatility and convenience. The Bosavi sets itself apart not just because it’s rechargeable (like some others), but with a design that makes it ideal for hiking or backpacking, trail running, climbing, skiing, bike commuting, and just about any activity you’ll do outside in the dark that doesn’t require a super bright light (and a massive, heavy battery pack). Plus, an ounce or two may seem like splitting hairs to some, but ultralight backpackers and hikers, climbers, and trail runners will appreciate that the Bosavi is lighter and more compact than most competitors.

I used the Bosavi quite a bit this summer: on a three-day backpacking trip to the Big Boulder Lakes in Idaho’s White Clouds Mountains with my son, including 90 minutes of hiking after dark; and on a six-day hike in Sequoia National Park; and my son used it on our five-day backpacking trip in Washington’s Glacier Peak Wilderness. Its slim strap and small unit are quite comfortable and unobtrusive on my head whether hiking, in camp, or lying down reading in the tent. And unlike some models that are only slightly larger, the Bosavi does not bob at all when trail running.

The power button scrolls through six modes, including bright LED, low power LED, and red LED (for night vision). Double clicking in any mode activates a brighter, white LED setting for up to a minute before automatically powering back down to the previous mode; that “boost” mode illuminated a food bag hanging in a tree 200 feet away. But at 110 lumens, the regular bright setting casts plenty of light for hiking a trail in the dark. I particularly like two convenient features: first, depressing the power button for two seconds indicates the amount of charge remaining (measured in white versus red blinks); and second, you can turn off any unwanted mode (I turned off blinking white) to reduce how much you have to scroll through the various modes, which is the only inconvenient design feature. A lock button inside the hinge prevents accidental turn-on; if you depress the power button, the lights blink between white and red to indicate it’s locked.

You can recharge the Bosavi with its micro USB port from a computer, car charger, solar charger, or scores of other power sources. One full charge carried it through 11 days of about an hour of use per day on the Glacier Peak Wilderness and Sequoia trips; afterward, it showed three-quarters of the charge still remaining. The head strap removes easily and you can purchase a bike mount for the Bosavi ($10, sold separately); the headlamp is bright enough for biking around town, but I wouldn’t use it for high-speed or technical trail riding. Lastly, the Bosavi’s packaging converts into an origami lantern—nice that it’s reuseable, though it’s certainly a delicate lantern.

See my other headlamp reviews, including two ultralight models, the Princeton Tec Vizz and the rechargeable Black Diamond ReVolt, and all of my reviews of backpacking gear.

NOTE: I’ve been testing gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See all of my reviews by clicking on the Gear Reviews category at left or in the main menu.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-bosavi-headlamp/feed/ 0 6915
Gear Review: REI Flash Insulated Air Mattress https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-rei-flash-insulated-air-mattress/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-rei-flash-insulated-air-mattress/#comments Tue, 03 Sep 2013 13:00:23 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=6715 Read on

]]>
REI Flash Insulated Air Mattress
REI Flash Insulated Air Mattress

NOTE: Click here for my review of the updated, 2017 version of the REI Flash Insulated Air Mattress.

Air Mattress
REI Flash Insulated Air Mattress
$119, 1 lb. 1 oz. (regular, with stuff sack)
Sizes: regular (20.5x72x2.5 inches) and long (25x77x2.5 inches)
rei.com

Comfortable, packable, light, and user friendly, at a good price—that was my verdict after I used this air mat on a five-day backpacking trip in Washington’s Glacier Peak Wilderness and a six-day hike in Sequoia National Park. It has a quality that’s important in an air mattress—durability: Thanks to the 30-denier ripstop polyester fabric and welded construction, I slept under the stars on pebbly gravel at Columbine Lake in Sequoia, and used it nightly in my chair kit sitting around campsites, without the Flash springing a leak.

REI Flash air mat2Although it’s a full-length, six-foot air mattress, and a plush two-and-a-half inches thick, it packs down to slightly larger than a liter bottle. The one-way valves—one to inflate, one to deflate—keep air from leaking through when open, thanks to small a flap inside each. The inflate valve’s flap popped out of place once, but I only had to push it back in to repair it. More uniquely, it deflates in about a half-second when you open that valve, making packing up a quick task. It takes me about 25 strong breaths to fully inflate the mattress. The water-resistant, synthetic Primaloft insulation, packed into baffles, delivers an R-value of 3.2, comparable to other high-quality, three-season air mats. The insulation is also relatively quiet, not squeaking loudly when I roll around, like some other air mattresses—probably a relief for my tent mates.

 

 

See my reviews of three other three-season air mats I like, the Big Agnes Insulated Q-Core SL, the Therm-A-Rest NeoAir XLite, and the Exped SynMat UL 7—and an item I never sleep outside without, my Cocoon Ultralight AirCore Pillow.

See all of my reviews of backpacking gear.

See also my related Pro Tips articles “How to Choose a Sleeping Bag” and “Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

NOTE: I’ve been testing gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See all of my reviews by clicking on the Gear Reviews category at left or in the main menu.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-rei-flash-insulated-air-mattress/feed/ 4 6715
Gear Review: Big Agnes Insulated Q-Core SL Air Mat https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-big-agnes-insulated-q-core-sl-air-mat/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-big-agnes-insulated-q-core-sl-air-mat/#comments Tue, 30 Apr 2013 13:30:42 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=4403 Read on

]]>
Big Agnes Insulated Q-Core SL
Big Agnes Insulated Q-Core SL

Insulated Air Mattress
Big Agnes Insulated Q-Core SL
$140, 1 lb. 2 oz. (20x66x3.5 ins., rectangular, with stuff sack)
Sizes: four rectangular, two mummy
bigagnes.com

In the competition to make backcountry air mattresses lighter, more compact, and more comfortable, the Insulated Q-Core SL has raised the bar. I slept on the shortest (and least expensive) of the six sizes of this three-season air mattress for seven nights in southern Utah in early spring, including backpacking trips in Coyote Gulch and Capitol Reef National Park, and found it heavenly for comfort.

The simple reason is the bodacious, 3.5 inches of thickness—a half-inch to an inch fatter than most competitors that are either heavier or comparable in weight. The polyester insulation is woven with heat-reflective silver filament to boost warmth, while the quilted design of the baffles—welding them in an I-beam pattern of alternating horizontal and vertical tubes—creates pockets to trap warm air for added insulation value. But it does that without creating gaps in the insulation, where you’d feel the cold ground. Larger air chambers on the edges help prevent you from rolling off the pad. The price for all that comfort? The 66-inch-long version takes 22 strong breaths to inflate. But the biggest downside is that the Q-Core SL creaks loudly when you shift around on it, which some tent mates won’t appreciate.

See my reviews of two other three-season air mats I like, the Therm-A-Rest NeoAir XLite and the Exped SynMat UL 7 air mattress—and an item I never sleep outside without, my Cocoon Ultralight AirCore Pillow. See also my related Pro Tips articles “How to Choose a Sleeping Bag” and “Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag,” and all of my reviews of backpacking gear.

NOTE: I’ve been testing gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See all of my reviews by clicking on the Gear Reviews category at left or in the main menu.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-big-agnes-insulated-q-core-sl-air-mat/feed/ 1 4403
Gear Review: Black Diamond ReVolt Headlamp https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-black-diamond-revolt-headlamp/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-black-diamond-revolt-headlamp/#comments Tue, 23 Apr 2013 18:00:16 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=4393 Read on

]]>
Black Diamond ReVolt
Black Diamond ReVolt

Rechargeable Headlamp
Black Diamond ReVolt
$60, 3.5 oz. (including its three rechargeable NiMH AAA batteries)
Max burn time: 12 hours with rechargeable batteries, 70 hours with alkaline (triple-power LED); 190 hours with rechargeable batteries, 300 hours with alkaline (single-power LED)
blackdiamondequipment.com

[Note: See my review of the updated, 2017 version of the Black Diamond ReVolt headlamp, which replaced the version reviewed below.]

One of the few downsides of backcountry travel is the volume of alkaline batteries we burn through and throw away. So the first thing that attracted me to the ReVolt is that it’s rechargeable. Then I discovered that this headlamp not only treats the environment well, but it’s powerful, versatile, and pretty darn light and compact—an all-around winner.

I used it recently for 11 nights of camping in southern Utah, including backpacking Coyote Gulch and in Capitol Reef National Park; plus on a four-day, March backcountry skiing trip to the Baldy Knoll yurt in the Tetons, inside the yurt and walking around outside at night. Over those 11 nights in Utah, I would estimate I had it on for a total of 10 hours on one charge, and there was some charge remaining on it when I came home. I carried alkaline batteries as backup and never used them. And the ReVolt’s three-level power meter lets me know if the charge is running low.

The ReVolt has all the power and range of modes most hikers and backpackers need: one white triple-power LED that throws a solid beam, with 130 lumens of power, far enough for easily hiking at night; two white single-power LEDs for proximity lighting; two red LEDs for night vision (which I used outside on full-moon nights); and a strobe setting. The distance and proximity LED settings can be dimmed for reading in the tent, and there’s a smart locking feature—activated by depressing the power button for six seconds—to prevent accidentally turning the headlamp on and draining its juice.

BUY IT NOW: You can support The Big Outside by purchasing a Black Diamond ReVolt at Outdoorplay.com.

See my other headlamp reviews and all of my reviews of backpacking gear and hiking gear.

NOTE: I’ve been testing gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See all of my reviews by clicking on the Gear Reviews category at left or in the main menu.

—Michael Lanza

I invite you to subscribe to this blog by entering your email address in the box at the top of the left sidebar or on my About page, and follow my adventures on Facebook and Twitter.

This blog and website is my full-time job and I rely on the support of readers. If you like what you see here, please help me continue producing The Big Outside by making a donation using the Support button at the top of the left sidebar or below. Thank you for your support.









]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-black-diamond-revolt-headlamp/feed/ 1 4393
Gear Review: REI Igneo Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-rei-igneo-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-rei-igneo-sleeping-bag/#respond Wed, 13 Mar 2013 18:34:15 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=3984 Read on

]]>
REI Igneo
REI Igneo

Three-Season Sleeping Bag
REI Igneo (19° F)
$329, $339 long, 1 lbs. 15 oz. (reg)
Sizes: regular and long
rei.com

Sleeping bags have seen a lot of impressive advances recently, including water-resistant down feathers. But many of those advances jack up the price of high-end bags, while inexpensive models tend too often to be heavy, bulky, and not as well constructed. The Igneo and women’s Joule ($360 regular, $380 long, 22° F) stake out the middle ground with a good price for this quality and low weight, and offer protection from moisture with a waterproof-breathable coating on the ripstop nylon shell fabric.

I slept numerous nights in the Igneo from Utah’s Capitol Reef National Park in March to Washington’s stormy and chilly Olympic Mountains in September and the inside of Baldy Knoll yurt at 8,800 feet in the Tetons in late winter, and found the bag comfortable and warm enough in temperatures down to around 30° F—the only times I pulled the hood on—and as high as 50° F, when I vented by opening the two-way zipper. My wife, who gets cold very easily, found the bag comfortable during three nights at Idaho’s City of Rocks, when the temps ranged from the 30s to around 50 and 30-40 mph winds rattled the tent. That’s pretty good warmth for a sub-two-pound down bag. The Igneo carries an EN “comfort” rating (the lowest temp at which women are expected to be comfortable in the bag) of 30° F, a “lower limit” rating (considered comfortable for many men) of 19° F, and extreme (survival) rating of -13° F.

The 800-fill down packs plenty of warmth, but also packs into an 8×17-inch stuff sack. The bag sports some high-end details, too, like a generous neck yoke to keep out drafts, a fat, contoured hood that forms a clean closure around your head, a zippered outside pocket for a watch or light, and a thick zipper guard to prevent snagging. I also like a bag that doesn’t feel like a straitjacket in order to shave a few ounces, and the mummy-style Igneo has good moving-around space. All in all, you get a whole lot of value for the money.

 

 

NOTE: I’ve been testing gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See all of my reviews by clicking on the Gear Reviews category at left or in the main menu.

—Michael Lanza

 

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-rei-igneo-sleeping-bag/feed/ 0 3984
Gear Review: Sierra Designs Flash 2 Tent https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-sierra-designs-flash-2-tent/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-sierra-designs-flash-2-tent/#comments Mon, 04 Mar 2013 12:01:23 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=3873 Read on

]]>
Sierra Designs Flash 2
Sierra Designs Flash 2

Three-Season Tent
Sierra Designs Flash 2
$340, 3 lbs. 15 oz.
sierradesigns.com

As a violent thunderstorm ripped the skies open in Oregon’s Eagle Cap Wilderness, on the second day of a five-day August family backpacking trip, I had to pitch this tent in a hurry. It was one of those moments when I really appreciate good gear design. With the Flash 2’s “external pitch” integral rainfly attached to the interior canopy, I was able to keep the interior dry while pitching the tent in a downpour. And thanks to having clips instead of pole sleeves, it goes up very quickly.

The Flash 2 withstood gusts of about 30 mph that lasted through that 90-minute storm. Unlike many single-wall tents, which tend to collect a lot of condensation inside, this hybrid double- and single-wall proved very airy and well ventilated on raw, rainy nights and warm nights, thanks to mesh doors on both sides and covered vents on each end that kept out windblown rain. The spreader poles that extend side-to-side and front-to-back create good headroom, with a peak height of 39 inches that is comfortable for all but the tallest people.

I shared the tent only with one of my kids, so interior space was fine for us, but two big people might find the 29.5 square feet of floor space a bit snug and not long enough. The two 8.25-square-foot vestibules provide adequate space for storing boots and packs and cooking. The 20- and 40-denier nylon used in the Flash 2 is more durable than 10-denier nylon used in some ultralight tents. Overall, for a tent that weighs in under four pounds, you don’t suffer big compromises in stability, space, ventilation, or weather protection. The Flash also comes in 3-person ($390, 4 lbs. 13 oz.) and 4-person ($450, 5 lbs. 12 oz.) versions; at those weights, campers who want a little more space might consider getting the Flash 3 for two people or the Flash 4 for three people.

NOTE: I’ve been testing gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See all of my reviews by clicking on the Gear Reviews category at left or in the main menu. See more reviews of backpacking gear I like by clicking on the “backpacking gear reviews” tag in the tag cloud in the left sidebar.

—Michael Lanza

 

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-sierra-designs-flash-2-tent/feed/ 5 3873
Gear Review: Big Agnes Hinman Air Mattress https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-big-agnes-hinman-air-mattress/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-big-agnes-hinman-air-mattress/#respond Fri, 15 Feb 2013 15:34:13 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=3732 Read on

]]>
Big Agnes Hinman
Big Agnes Hinman

Insulated Air Mattress
Big Agnes Hinman
$70, 2 lbs. 4 oz. (20x72x1.5)
Sizes: five sizes from 20x48x1.5 ins. ($60) to 25x78x2.5 ins. ($90) and a double air mat, 50x78x.25 ($200).
bigagnes.com

Camp in winter or on snow almost anytime of year, and what’s between you and the frozen ground will loom just as important in keeping you warm as your bag. Three cold, clear January nights sleeping under the stars (sans tent) outside a yurt (my family was inside) in Idaho’s Boise Mountains left me impressed with this insulated air mat designed for winter camping, with a rating of -5° F.

With nighttime low temperatures ranging from the teens to 21° F, I slept in the Big Agnes McAlpin SL down bag (rated 5° F), two of those nights with a regular-length Therm-A-Rest Z Lite Sol foam pad under the Hinman, and one night without that additional insulation. I spent one night directly on snow and the other two on the yurt’s cold, partly ice- and snow-covered deck. I slept soundly and warm every night—but that bag would have been as comfortable as an emergency bivy sack without good insulation beneath me. Even when sleeping on only the Hinman, I could not feel the frozen yurt deck underneath it. A high-density foam core gives this air mat ample insulation and cushion. The mat’s polyester exterior appears to be very durable. On the downside, it’s quite bulky, roughly the dimensions of an original Therm-A-Rest air mattress.

Another favorite winter air mattress, the Therm-A-Rest NeoAir All Season, is about half the weight and less than half the bulk of the Hinman, but also more than twice the price. Looking for an ultralight air mattress for three-season camping? See my review of the Therm-A-Rest NeoAir XLite air mattress and Z Lite Sol foam pad and my review of the Exped SynMat UL 7 air mattress. I also never sleep outside without my Cocoon Ultralight AirCore Pillow.

See also my related Pro Tips articles “How to Choose a Sleeping Bag” and “Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

NOTE: I’ve been testing gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See all of my reviews by clicking on the Gear Reviews category at left or in the main menu. See more reviews of backpacking gear I like by clicking on the “backpacking gear reviews” tag in the tag cloud in the left sidebar.

—Michael Lanza

 

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-big-agnes-hinman-air-mattress/feed/ 0 3732
Gear Review: Big Agnes McAlpin SL Winter Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-big-agnes-mcalpin-sl-winter-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-big-agnes-mcalpin-sl-winter-bag/#respond Fri, 08 Feb 2013 13:12:40 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=3691 Read on

]]>
Big Agnes McAlpin SL winter sleeping bag
Big Agnes McAlpin SL winter bag

Sleeping Bag
Big Agnes McAlpin SL (5° F)
$360, $380 long, 2 lbs. 14 oz. (reg)
Sizes: regular and long
bigagnes.com

What should you look for in a winter sleeping bag? I want it to be warm enough, sure, but I also look for several other attributes, like a little extra space, resilience to moisture, and that it’s not too heavy or bulky and doesn’t cost more than my winter tent. Big Agnes has answered my demands with the McAlpin.

Sleeping out under the stars (without a tent) for three straight clear, frosty, mid-January nights in Idaho’s Boise Mountains, I stayed plenty warm enough in temperatures that dropped into the teens. (Sleeping on an insulated air mattress, I wore only base layers and sometimes a hat, and at other times loosened the hood and collar because I was so warm.) I think this bag is true to its 5° F rating (EN lower limit for men), in part thanks to a fat draft tube and collar and baffles that prevent down from shifting. The 700-fill down (28 oz. of it in the regular size, 31 oz. in the long) is of high enough quality to keep the bag a lightweight in this category (under three pounds) and compact (8×17.5 inches in its stuff sack for the regular). The bag has good space (60 inches of shoulder girth, 54 inches in the hips, 36 inches at the feet in the regular, 62, 56, 38 in the long), yet is contoured so that the hood closes tightly around my face.

Winter bags are more susceptible to moisture simply from condensation, and have traditionally combated this through using a water-resistant shell. But the McAlpin employs new, water-resistant DownTek down, which repels moisture and helps the down dry faster once wet. (I’ve also reviewed the Sierra Designs Zissou 15 bag, which uses that company’s proprietary DriDown, a similar product.) While the shell around the hood and chest area of the bag got damp with condensation from my breath every night, there was no effect on the bag’s loft or warmth. By comparison, my son’s traditional down bag was much wetter, compromising its loft (but fortunately he’s young and tough).

The McAlpin also sports a full-length zipper, a taffeta lining and nylon ripstop shell that are breathable and down-resistant, and a water-resistant treatment on the shell fabric, as well as interior fabric loops for a sleeping bag liner. It’s rare to find this much comfort and quality, and such a low weight, at a competitive price.

Big Agnes does not offer a women’s version of the McAlpin, but the company makes women’s bags with DownTek, including the Women’s Lithia Spring SL 15°, $350 (petite) and $380 (regular).

For more reviews of my favorite sleeping bags, type the words “sleeping bags” into the Search box at left. See also my Pro Tips articles “How to Choose a Sleeping Bag” and “Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

NOTE: I’ve been testing gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See all of my reviews by clicking on the Gear Reviews category at left or in the main menu. See more reviews of backpacking gear I like by clicking on the “backpacking gear reviews” tag in the tag cloud in the left sidebar.

—Michael Lanza

 

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-big-agnes-mcalpin-sl-winter-bag/feed/ 0 3691